成熙高级英语听力脚本
成熙英语高级班听力脚本
成熙英语高级班听力脚本大家好，我们今天来谈论一个有趣的话题：“成熙英语高级班听力脚本”。
现在越来越多的人开始学习英语，由于英语是国际上最常用的语言，学习正确的英语口语和写作非常重要。
考虑到这一点，成熙英语机构推出了“成熙英语高级班听力脚本”，旨在帮助学生提高英语听力水平。
“成熙英语高级班听力脚本”主要针对高级级别的学生，旨在帮助他们更好地掌握英语听力技能和技巧。
该脚本主要分为三个部分，分别是识别单词，理解句子和按顺序回答问题。
第一部分要求学生能够识别容易发音相似的英语单词，如备忘录和备注，概念和景观，尤其是非常重要的英语考试单词。
在这部分，学生还可以学习识别英语句法结构所指定的重要单词和表达。
第二部分要求学生能够准确理解英语句子的表达，回答有关题目，分析有关文章的句子结构，识别句子中重要的信息，提取出相应的细节信息，以及思考如何用正确的语法形式表达更复杂的句子。
第三部分要求学生按顺序回答问题，考察学生对句子或文章结构的掌握程度，以及他们是否能够理解句子中所传达的信息。
此外，学生还需要具备回答问题的基本的英语语法技巧，以及有足够的听力技巧，如解码，听懂句子结构，识别重要信息，进行重新组合等。
通过“成熙英语高级班听力脚本”，学生们可以更好地提高自己的英语听力水平，从而在学习中更加深入。
它不仅丰富了学生的英语知识，还培养了他们坚实的听力和语法基础。
此外，成熙英语机构还提供其他英语课程，包括语法、口语、阅读理解、翻译等，以帮助学生提高英语能力，使他们能够在学习和生活中取得更好的效果。
总之，成熙英语机构推出的“成熙英语高级班听力脚本”旨在帮助学生提高英语水平，并为学生们提供英语学习的可靠解决方案。
成熙英语高级文本
Unit1 That's what friends are for.1.Do you have a date for the party yet?Do you have a date for the party yet?Actually,I don't.Do you know anyone I could go with?em..what kind of guys do you like?oh,I like guys who aren't too serious,and who have a good sense of humor.You know,someone like you.okay,erm,what else?Well I prefer someone I have something in common with,who i can talk to easily.I think i know just the guy for you,Bob..Do you know him?No,i don't think so.okay,I'll ask him to meet us for coffee,and you can tell me what you think.2.So,what's the verdict?So,what's the verdict?What did you think of Bob?Well,I was worried at first,especially when I saw that he rode a huge motorcycle.I thought he might turn out to be one of those guys who is into heavy metal music and stuff like that.You know what I mean?But he is just a regular kind of guy right?Yeah,we got along really well.I knew you'd like him!Yeah.I do.And he is really funny!He had me laughing hysterically at the coffee shop,remember?I think the people sitting next to us thought we were crazy.So,are you two going to get together again?Definitely.In fact,we 'll going to the party together.That is great!3.AndreaSo,Have you seen Andrea lately?yeah,I see her pretty ofen.We work together at cafe latte.How's she doing?I've been meaning to call her.Well,to be honest,I've always thought she was a little difficult.These days,I find her impossible.What do you mean?Oh,you know how she is,she has such strong ideas about everything,and if you don't agree with her,she lets you know what she thinks of you!yes,that's true.But that's why we love her,right?I guess so.But she's changed a lot since she started college.She talks about herself all the time.And she always manages to mention how good she is at everything she does.em,maybe i won't call her after all.4.Mr.JohnsonHave you met the new apartment manager?Mr. Jonnson?yeah,i met him last week.He's...a little strange.yeah,he is.I'm not sure i like him.He's hard to predict.Sometime he's pretty cheerful and talktive,and the next day,he doesn't even say hello.I think he must have personal problems or something.I think you're right.And have you noticed that half the time when he says he's going to do something,he never actually does it?He told me three times he comes to fix the light in my kitchen.And he still hasn't done it.Unit2 Career moves1.CarlorsSo,where are you working this summer,Carlors?I'm working as a tutor in a learning Central for kids.Interesting,what kinds of things do the kids do there?Well,they work on subjects they need help in.Erm..mainly math and English.Is your job hard?No,not at all.The kids work on computers most of the time.We have to help them started and be there when they run into problems.Do you enjoy it?Oh,yes.Working with kids is so much more fun than working with adults. And I get to choose my own hours.As long as I work eight hours a day,I can come in at anytime from eight am to nine pm.Lucky you.2.JuliaSo,what kind of job did you find for the summer?I'm working for a marketing company.I'm doing telephone marketing.Oh,so you're one of those people who drives me crazy by calling me up and trying to persuade me to buy something that I have absolutely no need for?Exactly.Do you like it?Believe it or not,I do.It's mostly a bunch of students working there,and we have a lot fun when we are not making calls.too.It's really easy,too.Since we just have to read from a script.Are you doing this full time?Yeah,but I work from two in the afternoon until eleven at night.So I get to sleep as late as I want to in the morning.3.PaulPaul,Did you find your summer job yet?Yeah,I'm working in a restaurant.Oh,How's it going?Oh,the money is not bad.What are you doing?Are you waiting tables?I wish.No,I'm working in the kitchen.I cut up stuff for the chef,vegetables and meat and things.I also wash the dishes.Oh,yake!Yeah,It's pretty hard work.I didn't realize how hot it is in a restaurant kitchen until I took this job.So why don't you quit?I'd love to!But I need the money.4.TonyWhy the long face,Tony?Oh,I get some bad news today.What happened?Well,you know my job at the design studio?Yes?Well..Oh no..Oh yes!Today the boss called me into his office and tell me they had to lay me off.That means as of April 30th ,I'm out of work!oh..No more job!Oh ,Tony,I'm so sorry.You said you really like working there,too.Yeah,well,It's not all bad news.The boss told me there's still a small chance that the company would call me back in the summer if the work picked up.You never know What'll happen,they may need me than.This is so sudden,isn't it?Well,not really.Say,the boss also explained that two other employees had already been laid off.I had feeling I might be the next one in line.You know,I've only been working there ten months.So we don't have any seniority.If they're going to lay someone off,it's always going to the newer employees first.What are you going to do?Like i said i still get a job until the end of the month.Starting in May,I plan to send out resumes and go on some interviews.may..Depending on the outcome of the interviews,I may..Unit3 What's wrong with it1.BrifecaseCan I help you?Yes, I bought this briefcase here last week.There're something wrong with the lock.I can't get it to close properly.Let me see...Yes I see what you mean.The lock seems to be jamed or something.No problem,I'll get you another one.Sorry about that.2.ShirtExcuse me?Yes?How can I help you?You see that shirt,I bought it here a few weeks ago,but the first time I washed it,the color changed.It went from bright red to light pink.How did you wash it?Well ,I just tossed it into the washing machine with my other clothes. What temperature did you use?I usually wash my clothes in the hot water,so I guess hot!Well,did you check the washing instructions?Am..Maybe not.Well you see here on this label,it says wash in cold water only.Aha..So I'm really sorry.But,since you didn't follow the washing instruction,I can really do anything for you.3.ShoesExcuse me.Yes?I wonder if you could take o look at these shoes I bought here.They are pretty new,but they seemed to be falling apart.em,let me see.Yes,this doesn't look right.The stitching is coming out.How long did you say you've had them?Only about a month,Here's the receipt.em,yes,well,let me exchange this for you.I'm sorry for the inconvenience.4.High AchieverDo you wanna be a high achiever?Then you're going to have to think like a high achiever.Are you ready to change the way you think?Are you willing to change the way you do things?Then it sounds like you're ready to be high achievers!The first thing you've got to keep in mind is that life is a constant process of learning.The secret of any kind of success is education.And we're all able to take in much more information than we think we can.People who aim to be high achievers can take advantage of this in a number of ways.For example,no matter what you're trying to achieve,make sure to absorb information about it every day.Get books、articles、CD-Roms、DVDs,and search the web.Do whatever you can to increase your knowledge in your chosen field.And whenever they're available,take courses that will build your knowledge in the area you're interested in.In conversations with many high achievers over the years,I've come to understand that high achievers always accept total responsibility for their situation.In order to develop this quality in yourself,practice not blaming other people for you failures.Also try not using difficult situations as excuses.High achievers know that the keys to success are always in their hands. But that is their responsibility to use them.Now we come to the quality of high achievers that I think many people have the most trouble developing in themselves.I'm talking about the vital quality of being a risk-taker.Now，if you're already willing to take risks,that's great!If not,you've got to practice going after opportunities that are a little risky. Think of something you've always wanted,but were afraid to try for.Then,go for it！Even if you're going out of your comfort zone.Remember,no pain,no gain.Devil wears in Prada 穿普拉达的女王Do you know why I hired you?I always hire the same girl：stylish, slender, of course worships the magazine.But so often, they turn out to be... I don't know, disappointing, and um, stupid.So you, with that impressive resume and the big speech about your so-called work ethic.I, um…I thought you would be different.I said to myself, go ahead, take a chance, hire the smart , fat girl .I had hope, my god, I live on it.Anyway you ended up disappointing me more than , um, more than any of the other silly girls. Um...I really did everything I could think of.That's all.Excuse me,where do you think you're going?She hates me, Nigel.And that's my problem because...oh, wait, no, it's not my problem.I don't know what else I can do, because if I do something right, it's unacknowledged, she doesn't even say thank you.But if I do something wrong, she is vicious. So quit. What? Quit. Qui…？ I can get another girl to take your job in five minutes...one who really wants it. No,I don't wanna quit, that's not fair.But I…you know, I'm just saying that I would just like a little credit for the fact that I'm killingmyself trying. Andy, be serious.You are not trying, you are whining. What is it that you want me to say to you, huh? Do you want me to say:"Poor you, Miranda's picking on you, poor you, poor Andy?"Hmm, wake up, six.She is just doing her job.Don't you know that you are working at the place that published some of the greatest artists of the century?Halston, Lagerfled, de la Renta.And what they did, what they created, was greater than art because you live your life in it. Well, not you, obviously, but some people.You think this is just a magazine, hmm?That is not just a magazine.This is a shining beacon of hope for…oh, I don't know…Let's say a youny boy growing up in Rhode Island with six brothers pretending to go to soccer practice when he was really going to sewing class, and reading Runway under the covers at night with a flashlight.You have no idea how many legends have walked these halls.And what's worse, you don't care, because this place , where so many people would die to work, you only deign to work.And you want to know why she doesn't kiss you on the forehead and five you gold star on your homwork at the end of the day.Wake up, sweetheart. Okay, so I 'm screwing it up, I don't want to ...I just wish tha tI know that I could do to... Haslton 侯斯顿Lagerfled 拉格尔格伦Oscar De la Renta 奥斯卡德拉伦塔beacon /ˈbiːkən/ 信号，烽火灯Rhode 罗德岛legend /ˈlɛdʒənd/神话Unit6 Cloth and Appearanceliposuction 抽脂术stunning 极好的，美呆了gorgeous 灿烂的，富丽的double eyelid surgery 割双眼皮get a nose job 隆鼻implant 植入体airbrushed and editited anyway修过图的The people in that movie were so beautiful, the lead actress was stunning, I wish I looked like her.Yes,she was beautiful,although I hear she's had a lot of surgery to get her looking that way.Really? Like what？I think she's had liposuction and double eyelid surgery.Oh yes.I've got a friend who's had double eyelid surgery and she looks great now.Really?Yeah,I was actually considering having it done too.Are you serious?But I think you're perfect the way you are.And I'm not just saying that.Um..Thanks Alice.But let's face it.I'm nothing compared to that actress.Maybe I should get a nose job ,too.I would love to have a straighter nose like hers.Oh and maybe implants to make my lips fuller as well.Wow,don't get carried away.I might not be able to recognize you after all of that.What if you get it done,and you decide you don't like your new look？And wouldn't you be worried about the surgery going wrong?Not really.I think the risks are quite small.Is it really worth it though?There's no point comparing yourself to movie stars.They spend hours in make up to get them looking like that.And all their pictures are airbrushed and editied anyway.They don't look like that in real life.Nobody's perfect.em..Yeah that's true I suppose.Well just make sure is what you really want before you make any rash decisions.Anyway let's talk about something else before you get any more crazy ideas into your head.sweat pantsa jogging suitjerseys 运动衣球衣sporty looklight-colored slack 休闲长裤polo shirt 翻领短袖goth look 哥特风黑色长裙长靴烟熏妆long flowing floral skirts 长的飘逸的碎花裙子long tunics and layers 一层一层the Bohemian look 波西米亚风preppy look学院风2 SatokoWell you know,It's funny,My mother's from Japan and she's very old-fashioned.But ever since I was a little girl,I have never really been interested in wearing traditional Japanese clothing like a kimono or anything.My mom used to get a little angry at me,but the thing is,I never felt comfortable.Well,when I was old enough,I finally bought the clothes I liked.And I went for a total goth look.I wore long black dresses,heavy black boots and dark makeup.My mother really hated it.But I guess I wanted to make a statement.Now that I'm in college,I just wear comfortable fun clothes.Mostly long flowing floral skirts and dresses,long tunics and lots of layers.I guess you would call it the Bohemian look.3 CarlosWell , I was really into sports in high school.And I was always wearing sweat pants , a jogging suit or Jerseys with numbers on them.I didn't have much time for fashion.I guess I had sporty look.But nowadays,you'll almost always see me in light-colored slacks,a nice polo shirt and maybe a sweater when it's cold.A lot of people call it the preppy look.I don't think I need to change it.It worked for me in college,and it works for me now.It's a classic look.Naturally,I'll put on something formal if I'm going to a wedding or a special event.And when I planned to do something athletic,then of course I wear sports clothes.4.GabriellaPeople say,you know,that personality is more important than how people look.But honestly,when you meet someone,you don't see that personalities .You see how they look first.Clothes are like important to me.They don't have to wear the same thing I wear.But they should look,I don't know,stylish.5.JoonWell,in a social sitting,a party,club or restaurant something like that.I like to look at person's face.Ar..But in a business sitting.It's somewhat different.It's more people's overall appearance that matters.I like to see how people appealed others,how they interact,how they present themselves to people.You know,I think it's actually,I like to see their level of confidence.I think confidence is what's important to me.6.AliceAr..when I meet new people,er,I guess it's their eyes .They have to be big,kind,and ham..interesting.Er..I really don't care about clothing or hair color or anything like that. Unit7 Crossing culturesSlurpingSaudi Arabianuisance 苦恼的人或事secureAliceOne thing that I had to get used to when I was traveling in Korea was the way people make noise when they drink soup.I think It's because they want to show that they're really enjoying their food.So they make a slerping noise.It bothered me at first.But then I get used to it.I guess It's because my parents spent years when I was a kid telling me not to make noise while I was eating.JohnWhen I lived in Spain,I was surprised at how late people eat in the evening.When you're invited to dinner,you're asked to come around nine o'clock.And you usually don't start dinner until ten.And people stay terribly late.Sometimes until two in the morning , or even later.I found it difficult.How does one get up and go to work or school the next day after eating and talking until three in the morning?SusanI lived in Saudi Arabia for a while,and when I went out,I had to obey the local custom of putting something over my head.And wearing clothing that covered my whole body.At first ,I found it a real nuisance.But after a while ,I got used to it.And even started to like it.You feel really secure.And also,you don't have to worry about what to wear all the time.Unit8 Life is little lessons1.So what were you like when you were younger?When I was a kid I was kind of irresponsible.You?Really?What made you change?Graduating from high school.What do you mean?Well,until I graduated.I never had any important responsibilities.But then I went off to college.I know what you mean.I was really immature when I was a teenager.So what made you change?I think I became more mature after I got my first job and moved away from home.Once I had a job,I became totally independent.Where did you work?I work for my dad at the bank.2.Another turning point for me was when I got my dog Pepper.I know that sounds silly,but it was really important to me.Why was that so important?Well,I was about 11,I rememberd that having a dog,you know,he was mine,made me feel really really responsible in a funny kind of way.He would follow me everywhere and was always waiting for me when Icame home from school.Actually that sounds kind of nine,I never got to have a dog.But I remembered when I got my first bicycle.That was a very important day for me.For the first time,I could go out on my own and go as far as I wanted to.I used to polish the bicycle everyday and take really good care of it.Of course that only lasted a few months,and then I lost interest in it.3.I have to say, five years ago, I was a completely different person.I never said much in a crowd and I always try to avoid making small talk with people I didn't know very well.But really, I was just incredibly shy and reserved.Anyway, then I went away to college and I had this roommate Nora.She had a great sense of humor and laughed at all my jokes.That really gave me a lot of confidence.Nora and I joined a small study group at school.When we finished studying, a bunch of us go out for coffee. Conversation is easy, because we all have a lot of the same interests.Now my new friends think of me as the funny one in the group,can you believe it?So I'd say I'm much more friendly and outgoing now.I don't worry about speaking up and giving my opinion anymore.In fact, I'm thinking about joining a few more clubs, so I can meet even more new people and do more things.4.Well I guess the biggest change in my life over the last five years is that I got married.You know, I used to be into going out with friends every weekend and staying out late.When we were pretty wild and crazy back then.Now I'm more of a family man.I don't mind staying at home watching TV , that kind of thing.I'm even learning to cook.It's not so bad.I guess you could say that I started to grow up.I wasn't so interested in going out all the time.I was ready to settle down and have a family.I have to be honest, my heart wasn't really in the right place before.I mean, before I didn't mind being , well, a little irresponsible at times, even selfish.I was always out having fun with my friends, but I never wanted to hear about their problems.I just didn't care.But with my wife and little boy,it's different.I'm trying to become more,you know,more kind and generous.I want to be there to help them out, no matter how samll the problem is.5.One thing that was really a turning point for me was when I learned Spanish.I was always kind of scared of learning a foreign language.Yet, I was really envious of kids who could speak another language.But when I started learning Spanish, I found I was actually pretty good at it.And the moment I reached at breakthrough stage, you know, when you discovered you can actually speak and communicate with people in that language, I felt really proud of myself.I realized that learning a foreign language wasn't an impossible thing after all.Now I can speak three, Spanish , Italian, and German.And I'm taking Korean this year.6.I'm a twin.And my twin brother and I have always been very close.We always did everything together.And we were never apart for anytime at all , until we were 18.Then we went to different colleges in different towns.And that was the first time,we had ever really had to cope on our own.I think it was good in a way, because we both became more confident and independent.Until then,I'd always had my brother to depend on whenever I ran into a problem.But once I went away to college, I realized that I was actually capable of working things out on my own.#1Ducks and people both love clean air.We all need clean air to stay healthy.Take a deep breath, how was that?Imaging if you've lived in a place where there was a lot of air pollution,with the air contained gases ,dust, fumes or odors and harmful amounts.Yack! Would you be able to breathe easy in the place like that?#2The ozone layer forms a thin shield between the earth and sun.It protects life on earth from the sun's ultraviolet or UV rays.In the 1980's , scientist began finding clues that the ozone layer was disappearing.This allows more UV radiation to reach the earth surface.Too much UV can cause bad healthy affects,like skin cancer and eye damage.#3All living things need water to survive,even people and ducks.So rain is very important.But not all rain is good for you.There's a special kind of rain called acid rain.And it's very dangerous.Acid rain comes from pollution in the air, acid gas is from factories,cars and homes.Most of these acid gases are blown to the sky.And when they mix with the clouds,it can cause rain or snow,sleet,fog,mist or hail to become more acedic.#4Did you know that each day a person breathe about 35 pounds of air? And takes about 20000 breath?One way you can help keep the air clean for everyone is to take a bus ,bicycle and walk,instead of riding in a car.Unit9 The world we live inacid rain 酸雨acid snowocean coastlinesautomobile pollutionair pollutionsmog smoke fognoxiousstacksliningbloodstream血液livestock畜牧业contaminatesoileat up吞噬poverty贫困overcrowdinggasesdustfumesodorsharmful amountsozone layerthin shield屏障ultraviolet紫外线UV raysUV radiationblow吹snowsleet雨夹雪fogmist薄雾hail冰雹acetic1.Look at all those dead fish, what do you think happened?Well, there's a factory outside town, that's pumping chemicals into the river.How can them do that? Isn't that against the law?Yes it is.But a lot of companys ignore those laws.That's terrible.What can we do about it?Well, one thing to do about it is to talk to the company's management.What if that doesn't work?Well then , another way to stop them is to get a TV station to run a story on it.Yes ,companys hate bad publicity!By the way, what's the name of this company?It's called A pex industry.Oh, no.My uncle is one of their top executives!2.Wait a minute, before we do anything, shouldn't we make sure that we've got our facts straight? Absolutely, the best thing to do is to monitor the situation over the next several weeks to see what exactly is happening.How do we do that?Well,we can take pictures of the river and even take water samples to see how bad the situation is.We can get some friends to help.Okay,and maybe I could talk to my uncle about it.Oh no,I don't think that's a good idea,not yet,anyway.Why not?I don't think we wanna say anything to anyone until we have a clearer picture of what is going on.After we've monitored the situation for a while,then we can decide whether we need to have a meeting with a representative to tell them what we've discovered.Ok,Calo?Ok.3. Kate: K: You know, you always hear about air pollution, but not many people are aware of the problem of water pollution. M: You mean in the oceans? K: No. I mean polluted drinking water. It’s a problem in almost every major city in the world. Almost all our rivers and lakes –where we get our drinking water from –are being polluted in some way by businesses farms, homes, industries, and other sources. And even though the water most of us drink is treated, it’s still not a100 percent pure. M: So what’s the solution? K: Well, it’s a complicated problem to solve, but basically what’s involved is treating all waste products more carefully so that dangerous chemicals and bacteria don’t get into our water supplyUnit 10 Learning to learn1.So,Linda,What have you been doing with yourself?Not much, oh,wait,that's not true.I took this great dancing class last semester.Oh Yeah.What kind of dancing?We learned African dance and Samba.Wait,why would you want to learn African dance and Samba.It sounds exhausting.And it's not like you would dance that way in the clubs.Oh just for fun, you should try taking the class.You'll see that you learn more than just dancing.You also learn how to be more confident and how to interact better with other people.Em,I think with all that dancing around,I'd be too exhausted to interact with anyone.2.So how did you enjoy your cooking course?It was great.What kinds of things did you learn to cook?Well it's a course on vegetarian cooking.I didn't know you're a vegetarian.Oh I'm not.But a lot of people are these days.So I thought it would be useful to know how to make some interesting dishes without meat for times when I invite friends over for dinner.Em well I guess that make sense.Oh but we learn more than just cooking,they also taught us all kinds of useful thing about,you know,the health value of different kinds of vegetables and how to prepare them so that you don't remove all the vitamins they contain.So e..when's dinner?Unit 111.Work, in the future?Well I think unemployment is going to keep getting worse.I agree.As companys get more efficient and more computerize.They're finding ways of using less staffs.So I guess people will find it hard to get a good job unless they have excellent qualifications.Em yeah,I think that's probably true.But I also think that because of computers,more and more people will be tele-commuting instead of going into an office.Wow I'd really love that.Can you imagine spending most of your work week in the comfort of your own home?Personally,I would get so much more done and with email,instant messaging and video conferencing, you can still keep in touch with everyone you need to.Well I'd certainly enjoy it,but I don't know if I get more done or not.I'm afraid of I might just turn on the TV and zone out.2.As far as transportation is concerned,I think there're going to be huge changes in the way people use cars.They'll probably have made laws about what kind of car you can own and when you can use it.And I bet it'll be impossible for people to use cars whenever they like.There will just be too many of them on the roads.Exactly,people will have to rely on other models of transportation,especially trains.Why do you say that?Well,we won't be able to use cars.Airports take up too much space with a supply of land of airport shrinking around the world. They're going to be fewer airports and fewer plane flights.ereThat leaves trains!So do you think there will be efficient train system between cities?Sure there may even be trains going under the oceans to connect the marjor continents.Under the oceans?Get out of here!I get nervous enough flying on a plane.GMO。
成熙英语中级班听力脚本(整编汇总)
成熙英语中级班听力脚本（剑桥二）1.Break the Ice(1) Oh,I’m really sorry:Ted: Oh, I'm really sorry. Are you OK?Ana: I'm fine. But I'm not very good at this.Ted: Neither am I. Say, are you from South America?Ana: Yes, I am originally. I was born in Argentina.Ted: Did you grow up there?Ana: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school.Ted: And where did you learn to rollarblade?Ana: Here in the park. This is only my s econd time.Ted: Well, it's my first time. Can you give me some lessons?Ana: Sure. Just follow me.Ted : By the way, my name is Ted.Ana: And I'm Ana. Nice to meet you.(2) Hey, hey! that was funTed: Hey, hey! that was fun. Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem. So, tell me a little about yourself. What do you do?Ted: I work in a travel agency.Ana: Really! What do you do there?Ted: I'm in charge of their computers.Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist.Ted: Well, sort of. Yeah, I guess so.Ana: That's great. Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course I'm taking.Ted: Oh, sure...But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons.Ana: It's a deal!(3) Yuhong the Immigrant.Interviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu Hong?Yu Hong: I'm from China...from near Shanghai.Interviewer: And when did you move here?Yu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college. That was in 1992. Interviewer: And what do you do now?Yu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer.Interviewer: I see. So you 're an immigrant to the United States.Yu Hong: Yes, that's right.Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the U.S.? Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer. There are so many things, really. I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here. I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing. In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives. It isn't the same here. Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from home?Yu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup. I really miss my mother's cooking.(4) Childhood Memories AA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kid?B: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house. When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer.A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah. We always had a great time. Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach. I have a great shell collection. In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid. But my parents threw them out!(5) Childhood Memories BA: You know what I remember most about growing up?B: What?A: Visiting my grandparent's house…you know, on holidays and stuff. Theylived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie. He taught me how to ride. I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house. And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me.B: Ah, memories!2.Living Places(1) Living Places AA: The neighborhood sure has changed!B: What was this place like before, Grandpa?A: Well, there used to be a grocery store right here on this corner. Hmm. It was pretty quiet. Not many people lived here then.B: These days, the population is growing fast.A: Yeah. I bet they'll tear down all these old buildings soon. In a few years, there will be just malls and high-rise apartments.B: Hey, that doesn't sound too bad!A: No, but I'll miss the old days.(2) Living Places BA: Creative Rentals. Good morning.B: Hello. I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent.A: Yes. What can I tell you about it?B: Where is it, exactly?A: It's on King Street, just off the freeway.B: Oh, near the freeway. Can you hear the traffic?A: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some. But the apartment has lots of space. It has three bedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see. And is it in a new building?A: Well, the building is about fifty years old.B: Uh-huh. Well, I'll think about it.A: OK. Thanks for calling.B: Thank you. Bye(3) Living Places CA: Hello？B: Hello. Is the apartment you're advertising still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Can you tell me a little about it?A: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person. It's one room with a kitchen at one end.B: I see. And is it far away from the subway?A: There's a subway station just down the street. Actually, the apartment is located right downtown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere. But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise.B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for. I'd like to come see it, please.A: Sure. Let me give you the address.(4) Apartment Hunting AA: What do you think?B: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment. And the living room is huge.C: But the bedroom are too small. And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes.A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw.B: But that apartment was dark and dingy. And it was in a dangerous neighborhood.A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us.(5) Apartment Hunting BA: Well, how do you like this space, then?C: Oh, it's much better than that other one. The thing I like best is thebedrooms. They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big.C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could.C: The only problem is the color of the living room. I really don't like those dark green walls.A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to.3.Big Day(1) Halloween AA: Did you know next week is Halloween? It's on October 31B: So what do you do on Halloween? We don't have that holiday in Russia. A: Well, it's a day when kids dress up in masks and costumes. They knock on people's doors and ask for candy by saying words“Trick or treat!”B: Hmm. Sounds interesting.A: But it's not just for kids. Lots of people have costume parties. Hey…my friend Pete is having a party. Would you like to go?B: Sure. I'd love to.(2) Halloween BA: So are we going to wear costumes to the party?B: Of course. That's half the fun. Last year I rented this great Dracula costume, and this year I'm going as a clown.A: A clown? Yes, you would make a good clown.B: Hey!A: Oh, I'm just kidding. What about me? What kind of costume should I wear? B: Why don't you go as a witch? I saw a terrific witch outfit at the costume store.A: A witch…yeah, that's a good idea. So after I scare people, you can make them laugh.(3) Japanese Wedding AA: You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari. Is this your wedding photo?B: Yes, it is.A: Do most Japanese women wear kimonos when they get married?B: Yes, many of them do. Then after the wedding ceremony, the bride usually changes into a Western bridal dress during the reception.A: Oh, I didn't know that.(4) Japanese Wedding BA: Did you get married in a church, Mari?B: No, the ceremony was held at a shrine.A: Oh, a shrine…B: Yes, we were married by a priest in a traditional Shinto ceremony.A: Hmm. And who went to the ceremony?B: Well, only the immediate family attended the ceremony…you know, our parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters…A: And what about the reception? What was that like?B: Lots of friends and relatives came to the reception…about a hundred people. And the first thing happened was that the main guests gave formal speeches. A: Speeches?B: Yes, and then after that, all the guests were served a formal meal. While everyone was eating and drinking, lots of other guests gave short speeches or sang songs. Some of the speeches were funny.A: Sounds like fun!B: Yes, the songs and speeches are all part of the entertainment during a wedding reception. And then, at the end of the reception, each guest received a present for coming to the wedding.A: A present from the bride and groom?B: Yes, it's a Japanese custom.A: What a nice custom!plains and Excuses(1)Household Chores AA: Jason…Jason! Turn down the TV a little, please.B: Oh, but this is my favorite program!A: I know. But it's too loud.B: OK. I'll turn it down.A: That's better. Thanks.B: Lisa, please pick up your things.A: They're all over the living room floor.B: In a minute, Mom. I'm on the phone.A: OK. But do it as soon as you hang up.B: Sure. No problem.A: Goodness! Were we like this when we were kids?B: Definitely!(2) Household Chores BA: Have you noticed how forgetful Dad is getting? He's always forgetting where his car keys are. It drives me crazy.B: And he can never find his glasses either.A: I know.B: You know what drives me crazy about Mom?A: What?B: Those awful talk shows she watches on TV. She just loves them.A: Yeah, I think she watches them for hours everyday.B: Oh, well. I guess they're just getting old. I hope I never get like that.A: Me, too. Hey, let's go and play a video game.B: Great idea. By the way, have you seen my glasses anywhere?(3) Household Chores C[1]A: James, please turn that down…James!B: Yes, Mom?A: Turn that down. It's much too loud.B: Sorry, Mom. I had it turned up because I wanted to hear the game.[2]A: Molly, put the groceries away, please. There's ice cream in one of the bags. B: I can't right now, Dad. I'm doing my homework.[3]A: What's this, James!B: Yeah, Mom?A: Why are there all these wet towels on the bathroom floor? Please pick them up and hang them up to dry.B: Gosh, I'm really sorry, Mom. I forgot all about them.[4]A: Justin, come help me. We need to wash these dishes before your mother gets home.B: Oh, Dad. I'd like to help, but I have to call Laurie. It's really important.[5]A: Aimee, I think the dog is trying to tell you something!B: Well, I can't possibly take him out right now. I'm doing my nails(4) Apologies AA: Hi. I'm your new neighbor, George Rivera. I live next door.B: Oh, hi. I'm Stephanie Lee.A: So, you just moved in? Do you need anything?B: Not right now. But thanks.A: Well, let me know if you do. Um, by the way, would you mind turning your stereo down? The walls are really thin, so the sound goes right through to my apartment.B: Oh, I'm sorry! I didn't realize that. I'll make sure to keep the volume down. Oh, by the way, is there a good Italian restaurant in the neighborhood?A: Yeah. There's a great one a couple of blocks from here. Try their lasagna. It'sdelicious!(5)Apologies BA: Hello. I'm sorry to bother you, but I think your car is parked in my space downstairs.B: Really?A: Yes. Do you drive a blue Honda?B: Yes, I do.A: Well, there's a blue Honda parked in space 13 and that's my space.B: Oh, I'm so sorry. My son must have put it in the wrong space. Ours is the one right next to yours-number 12. Let me get my keys, and I'll go right down and move the car.A: Thanks.B: And I'll make sure my son doesn't do it again.A: I appreciate it.(6) Apologies CA: Gee, Bob, you're really late. You said you'd be here at six, and look at the time: It's almost six thirty!B: I'm really sorry. Tell you what: I'll pay for dinner.A: Oh, it's all right. You don't have to do that.B: No, I want to pay. You had to wait for me almost half an hour.A: Well, hey, OK-if you insist. Thanks!A: Hi, Sally. What happened to you on Sunday?B: Sunday? What do you mean?A: You don't remember? I had a party, and I invited you.B: Oh, gosh. Of course you did-and I completely forgot about it. I was busy all day helping my brother with his car, and I guess I just forgot. Sorry. How did the party go, anyway?A: It was great, but we missed you.B: Gee, now I really feel bad.5. Transportation(1) Transportation Problems AA: Why is there never a bus when you want one?B: Good question. There aren't enough buses on this route.A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper.B: Good idea. You should say that we need more subway lines, too.A: Yeah. There should be more public transportation in genral.B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic.A: Say, is that our bus coming?B: Yes, it is. But look. It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee. We can talk about this letter I'm going to write.(2) Transportation Problems BA: So you are really going to write a letter to the paper?B: Sure. I'm going to say something about the buses. They're too old. We need more modern buses… nice air-conditioned ones.B: And they need to put more buses on the road.A: Right. And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking.B: That's for sure. It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days. A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five.B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday. Hmm… that sounds like a really good idea.(3)Transportation Problems CA: How long have you been living here?B: Oh, for over twenty years.A: And have you noticed a lot of changes during that time?B: Oh, yes, quite a few. This is a much nicer place to live now than it used to be. It's much greener. When I first moved here, there weren't many trees around. But over the last few years, the city has planted trees everywhere. It's madesuch a difference.(4)Transportation Problems DA: How do you like living here?B: Well, it's an interesting city. But you really need a car here; otherwise, you can't go anywhere. There used to be a good bus system, but there isn't anymore.A: Why is that?B: Oh, I think they expect everyone to have a car, so they don't bother to provide decent bus service. It's getting worse and worse. These days, you have to wait for ages for a bus. And when one finally shows up, it's usually full!(5) Solution SingaporeQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore. For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district. They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield.Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars. People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car. And the number of certificates is limited. Not everyone can get one.There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singapore as it does in, say, the United States or Canada.The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system. Their subway system is one of the best in the world. And there is also a very good taxi and bus system.(6) Driving and Road Sings AA: Um, have you noticed that police car behind us?B: Oh, yeah.A: [Police siren] Oh, no! I'd better pull over.B: May I see your driver's license, please?A: Sure, of course. Did I do something wrong, Officer?B: Well, for one thing, you went over a double yellow line back there to pass acar.A: Oh.B: A double yellow line means” no passing.” You can only pass when there's a broken yellow line on your side.A: Oh.B: And another thing! You were in the left-turn-only lane, but you didn't turn! You went straight through the intersection instead.A: Oh, I guess I did, Officer,… but…B: Yes, you did! Don't you know that if there's a sign with an arrow pointing to the left, you have to turn left when you're in that lane?A: Oh, yeah, you're right-B: Of course, I'm right! My goodness! How did you ever pass your driving test and get a license?A: Gosh, I'm sorry, Officer.(7) Driving and Road Sings BA: You know, these highways are really great, but the road signs are pretty confusing.B: Hmm. What do these lines on the road mean?A: They must mean you aren't allowed to pass here.B: No. I don't think so. I'm going to pass this car in front of us. It's going too slow. Now, I wonder what that sign up ahead means.A: It may mean you've got to take a left in this lane.B: Or maybe it means you can turn left if you want to. I think I'll just go straight.6.Food and Cook(1)Order Dishes AA:Hi.May I take your order?B:Yes.I’ll have a cup of coffee.A:Cream and sugar?B:Oh,yes,please.A:And you?C:I’d like a chicken sandwich.And I’ll have some chips…oh,you call them french fries here.right,I’ll have some french fries,please.A:All right.One coffee with cream and sugar and a chicken sandwich with french fries.Uh,anything else?C:Yes,I’d like an iced tea,please.A:One iced tea.Thank you.B:Oh,wait a minute!What kind of desserts do you have?A:Well,we have pie,cake,ice cream, chocolate mousse…B:Oooo!What kind of pie do you have?A:I think today we have apple,cherry,lemon…B:Hmm…I think I’ll have a piece of apple pie with my coffee.How about you,Tina?C:Oh,maybe I’ll have a piece later…or…I’ll have some of yours!A:Then it’s one coffee,one apple pie,one chicken sandwich,an order of french fries,and an iced tea.Right?B:Yes,thank you.C:Thanks.(2) Order Dishes BC:Oh,here comes our waiter!B:Yeah,I wondered what took so long.A:Whew!Here you are!C:Uh,I ordered french fries with my chicken sandwich,and you brought me…ugh!…mashed potatoes with gravy!A:Oh,you ordered french fries?C:Yes!A:Well,then,OK.B:Uh,and could I have the apple pie I ordered?A:What apple pie?Did you order apple pie?B:Uh-huh.Yeah,I did…with my coffee.Remember?A:Really?Gee,how did I forget that?C:Uh,can I ask you a question?A:Yes?C:How long have you been a waiter?A:Who me?Oh,uh,today is my first day.Well,I’ll…I’ll get your apple pie and the french fries right away.Sorry about that.B:Oh,that’s OK.C:Yeah,thanks.Good luck!A:Thanks!(3) Order Dishes C[1]A: Have you finished with this?B: No, I'm still drinking it. Thanks.[2]A: Did you order this?B: Yes, that's mine. Mmm, it looks great and smells delicious![3]A: Don't you like it?B: I haven't tasted it yet. I'm waiting for the waitress to bring me a fork.[4]A: Did you enjoy it?B: Well, it was a little tough. I think it was cooked for too long.[5]A: How is it?B: Great. Just the way I like it: black and strong.[6]A: Your turn or mine?B: It's my treat this time. You paid last time. Remember.(4) Cooking AA:What’s your favorite snack?B:Oh, it's a sandwich with peanut butter, honey, and banana. It's really delicious!A:Uh! I've never heard of that! How do you make it?B:Well, first, you take two slices of bread and spread peanut butter on them.Then cut a banana into small pieces and put themon one of the slices of bread. Finally, pour some honey over the bananas and put the other slice of bread on top. Yum!A:Yuck! It sounds awful!(5) Cooking BA:I’ll tell you what my favorite snack is-baked apple.B:Backed apple?A:Ah, it’s delicious and healthy.B: So, how do you make it?A:You take out the core of the apple with the apple corer.Then you fill the central of the apple with brown sugar and some raisins.Next, put it in a pan with a little water and bake it in the oven for about 45 minutes.B: Hmm, that does sound good.7. Travel and Tourism(1)Travel Plans AA: I'm so excited! We have two weeks off! What are you going to do?B: I'm not sure. I guess I'll just stay home. Maybe I'll catch up on my reading. What about you? Any plans?A: Well, my parents have rented a condominium in Florida. I'm going to take long walks along the beach every day and do lots of swimming.B: Sounds great!A: Say, why don't you come with us? We have plenty of room.B: Do you mean it? I'd love to!(2)Travel Plans BA: What are your plans for the summer, Paul?B: Oh, I'd love to go and lie on a beach somewhere, but I need to save some money for school. I think I'll stay home and get a job.A: That doesn't sound like much fun.B: Oh, it won't be too bad. Some of my friends are going to work this summer, too, so we'll do some partying on the weekends.(3)Travel Plans CA: Have you planned anything for the summer, Brenda?B: Yeah. I'm going to work the first month and save some money. Then I'm going to go down to Mexico for six weeks to stay with my sister. She's working in Guadalajara. She says it's really interesting there, so I want to go and see what to go and see what it's like. It will also give me a chance to practice my Spanish. I'm really looking forward to it.(4) Preparation(5) Ask For Direction AA: Excuse me. Could you tell me where the bank is?B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop.A: Oh, thanks. Do you know what time it opens?B: It should be open now. It opens at 8:00A.M.A: Good. And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the city?B: You need to check at the transportation counter. It's right down the hall. A: OK. And just one more thing. Do you know where the nearest restroom is? B: Right behind you, ma'am. See that sign?A: Oh. Thanks a lot.(6) Ask For Direction BA: Excuse me. It's me again. I'm sorry. I need some more information-if you don't mind.B: Not at all.A: Thanks. Do you know how much a taxi costs to the city?B: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course. But it usually costs about forty dollars.A: Forty dollars? I guess I'll take the bus. That means I have almost an hour till the next one. Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport? Maybe a fast-food place?B: Go upstairs and turn right. You'll see the snack bar on your left.A: Thanks very much. Have a nice day.B: You, too.(7) Famous Landmarks AA: We are now approaching the famous Statue of Liberty, which has welcomed visitors to New YorkHarbor since 1886.B: Wow! Look at it.A: Incredible, isn't it?B: The statue was given to the United States by the people of France. It was designed by the French sculptor Bartholdi.A: It's really huge. Do we get to go inside?B: Of course. We can climb the stairs all the way up to the crown.A: Stairs? There's no elevator?B: Not to the top. But it's just 142 steps!(8) Famous Landmarks BLet me tell you a little more about the statue before you climb to the top. In case you're wondering what the statue is made of, it has a framework inside that's made of iron; the outer skin is made of copper. The copper skin is only 2.4 millimeters thick. The supporting framework inside the statue is what holds the whole thing together.The Statue of Liberty is a major tourist attraction, and every year about two million people from all over the world come here to visit it.(9) Ancient Monuments AThe Pyramids were built more than four thousand years ago by the Egyptians. The most famous ones are on the west bank of the river Nile, outside of Cairo. They served as burial places for the Egyptian kings. After a king's mummy was placed inside the pyramid, together with treasures and the king's belongings.(10) Ancient Monuments BThe Great Wall of China is the longest manmade structure ever built. It was built to protect one of the Chinese kingdoms. Much of what exists of the wall today was built during the Ming Dynasty in the late 1400s, although parts of the wall are much older and go back to around 200 B.C. The wall is about 35 feet high, or 11 meters, and a stone roadway runs along the top of it. The main part of the wall stretches for about 2,000 miles, that is, about 3,400 kilometers.8.Change,There Is No Better Way(1) Life in trouble AA: So where are you working now, Terry?B: Oh, I'm still at the bank. I don't like it, though.A: That's too bad. Why not?B: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well.A: I know what you mean. I don't like my job either. I wish I could find a better job.B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore. I wish I had a lot of money so I could retire now.A: Hmm, how old are you, Terry?B: Uh, twenty-six.(2) Life in trouble BA: So how are things going with you and Susie, Terry?B: Oh, you didn't know? She and I broke up a couple of months ago. We decided we needed a break from each other for a while. But I miss her a lot. I wish we could get back together again.A: I'm sure you will.B: I really hope so. So what kind of job would you like to look for?A: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city. I'm sick of this place.I need to live somewhere more exciting.B: I know what you mean. It sure can get boring around here at times.(3) I really need a change! AYeah, I really need a change. I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new. It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer. I think I need to try something totally different. I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people.(4)I really need a change! BI really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends. I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club. I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends.(5) I really need a change! CI should take a typing course this summer. I really need if it for my school work. And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life.(6) I really need a change! DGosh, I really have to go on a diet. I've gained ten pounds since last year, and everyone tells me I look fat. And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes.9. Career Development(1)Personality Traits AA: I don't know what classed to take this semester. I can't decide what I want to do with my life. Have you thought about it, Brenda?B: Yes, I have. I think I'd make a good journalist because I love writing.A: Maybe I could be a teacher because I'm very creative. And I like working with kids.B: Oh, I wouldn't want to be a teacher. I'm too inpatient.A: I know one thing I could never do.B: What's that?A: I could never be a stockbroker because I'm not good at making decisions quickly.(2)Personality Traits BA: My history professor says I should think about a career in politics. But I don't think I'd make a good politician.B: Why not, Brenda?A: Oh, you know me. I'm terrible at speaking in front of a lot of people-you know, like giving speeches and things. And politicians have to speak in public all the time.B: That's true. You know, that reminds me of a problem I'm having.A: What is it?B: You know my parents have a really successful restaurant, right? Well, my father wants me to be the manager.A: And you don't want go?B: No, not at all. I'd be a terrible manager. I'm much too disorganized(3) Job-hunting AA: Any interesting jobs listed on the Internet today?B: Well, there are a lot of retail jobs-selling clothes and stuff. But you have to。
成熙英语 中级班 听力脚本
【下载本文档，可以自由复制内容或自由编辑修改内容，更多精彩文章，期待你的好评和关注，我将一如既往为您服务】成熙英语中级班听力脚本（剑桥二）Unit 1(1) I'm really sorry:Ted: Oh, I'm really sorry. Are you OK?Ana: I'm fine. But I'm not very good at this.Ted: Neither am I. Say, are you from South America?Ana: Yes, I am originally. I was born in Argentina.Ted: Did you grow up there?Ana: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school.Ted: And where did you learn to rollarblade?Ana: Here in the park. This is only my second time.Ted: Well, it's my first time. Can you give me some lessons?Ana: Sure. Just follow me.Ted : By the way, my name is Ted.Ana: And I'm Ana. Nice to meet you.Hey, hey! that was funTed: Hey, hey! that was fun. Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem. So, tell me a little about yourself. What do you do?Ted: I work in a travel agency.Ana: Really! What do you do there?Ted: I'm in charge of their computers.Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist.Ted: Well, sort of. Yeah, I guess so.Ana: That's great. Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course I'm taking. Ted: Oh, sure...But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons.Ana: It's a deal!(2) Where are you from originally, Yu HongInterviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu Hong?Yu Hong: I'm from China...from near Shanghai.Interviewer: And when did you move here?Yu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college. That was in 1992.Interviewer: And what do you do now?Yu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer.Interviewer: I see. So you 're an immigrant to the United States.Yu Hong: Yes, that's right.Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the U.S.?Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer. There are so many things, really. I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here. I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing. In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives. It isn't the same here.Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from home?Yu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup. I really miss my mother's cooking.(3) Hey! Are these pictures of youA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kid?B: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house. When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer.A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah. We always had a great time. Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach. I have a great shell collection. In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid. But my parents threw them out!A: You know what I remember most about growing up?B: What?A: Visiting my grandparent's house…you know, on holidays and stuff. They lived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie. He taught me how to ride. I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house. And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me.B: Ah, memories!Unit 2(4) Why is there never a bus when you want one?A: Why is there never a bus when you want one?B: Good question. There aren't enough buses on this route.A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper.B: Good idea. You should say that we need more subway lines, too.A: Yeah. There should be more public transportation in genral.B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic.A: Say, is that our bus coming?B: Yes, it is. But look. It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee. We can talk about this letter I'm going to write.A: So you are really going to write a letter to the paper?B: Sure. I'm going to say something about the buses. They're too old. We need more modern buses…nice air-conditioned ones.B: And they need to put more buses on the road.A: Right. And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking.B: That's for sure. It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days.A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five.B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday. Hmm…that sounds like a really good idea.(5) Quite a number of thingsQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore. For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district. They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield.Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars. People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car. And the number of certificates is limited. Not everyone can get one.There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singapore as it does in, say, the United States or Canada.The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system. Their subway system is one of the best in the world. And there is also a very good taxi and bus system.(6) Excuse me. Could you tell meA: Excuse me. Could you tell me where the bank is?B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop.A: Oh, thanks. Do you know what time it opens?B: It should be open now. It opens at 8:00A.M.A: Good. And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the city?B: You need to check at the transportation counter. It's right down the hall.A: OK. And just one more thing. Do you know where the nearest restroom is?B: Right behind you, ma'am. See that sign?A: Oh. Thanks a lot.A: Excuse me. It's me again. I'm sorry. I need some more information-if you don't mind.B: Not at all.A: Thanks. Do you know how much a taxi costs to the city?B: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course. But it usually costs about forty dollars.A: Forty dollars? I guess I'll take the bus. That means I have almost an hour till the next one. Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport? Maybe a fast-food place?B: Go upstairs and turn right. You'll see the snack bar on your left.A: Thanks very much. Have a nice day.B: You, too.Unit 3(7) What do you think?A: What do you think?B: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment. And the living room is huge.C: But the bedroom are too small. And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes.A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw.B: But that apartment was dark and dingy. And it was in a dangerous neighborhood.A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us.A: Well, how do you like this space, then?C: Oh, it's much better than that other one. The thing I like best is the bedrooms. They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big.C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could.C: The only problem is the color of the living room. I really don't like those dark green walls. A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to.(8) Creative Rentals.A: Creative Rentals. Good morning.B: Hello. I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent.A: Yes. What can I tell you about it?B: Where is it, exactly?A: It's on King Street, just off the freeway.B: Oh, near the freeway. Can you hear the traffic?A: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some. But the apartment has lots of space. It has three bedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see. And is it in a new building?A: Well, the building is about fifty years old.B: Uh-huh. Well, I'll think about it.A: OK. Thanks for calling.B: Thank you. ByeA: Hello？B: Hello. Is the apartment you're advertising still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Can you tell me a little about it?A: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person. It's one room with a kitchen at one end.B: I see. And is it far away from the subway?A: There's a subway station just down the street. Actually, the apartment is located right downtown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere. But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise.B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for. I'd like to come see it, please.A: Sure. Let me give you the address.(9) So where are you working nowA: So where are you working now, Terry?B: Oh, I'm still at the bank. I don't like it, though.A: That's too bad. Why not?B: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well.A: I know what you mean. I don't like my job either. I wish I could find a better job.B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore. I wish I had a lot of money so I could retire now.A: Hmm, how old are you, Terry?B: Uh, twenty-six.A: So how are things going with you and Susie, Terry?B: Oh, you didn't know? She and I broke up a couple of months ago. We decided we needed a break from each other for a while. But I miss her a lot. I wish we could get back together again.A: I'm sure you will.B: I really hope so. So what kind of job would you like to look for?A: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city. I'm sick of this place. I need to live somewhere more exciting.B: I know what you mean. It sure can get boring around here at times.Yeah, I really need a change. I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new. It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer. I think I need to try something totally different. I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people.I really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends. I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club. I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends.I should take a typing course this summer. I really need if it for my school work. And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life.Gosh, I really have to go on a diet. I've gained ten pounds since last year, and everyone tells me I look fat. And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes.Unit 4(10) Hey, this sounds good-snailsA: Hey, this sounds good-snails with garlic! Have you ever eaten snails?B: No, I haven'tA: Oh, they're delicious! I had them last time. Like to try some?B: No, thanks. They sound strange.C: Have you decided on an appetizer yet?A: Yes. I'll have the snails, please.C: And you, sir?B: I think I'll have the fried brains.A: Fried brains? Now that really sound strange!A: Oh, good. Here comes the waitress now!C: Here are your snails, madam. And for you, sir…the fried brains.B: Thank you.A: Mmm, these snails are delicious! How are the brains?B: Well, I think they're…yuck! Oh, sorry, I guess brains are pretty strange after all. Um, I think I'm going to order something else, if you don't mind.A: Oh, sure. Go ahead.B: Miss! Excuse me, miss!C: Yes?B: Uh, I really don't care for this appetizer. Could you bring me something else?C: Yes, of course. What would you like instead?A: Try the snails.B: No, I don't think so. I'll tell you what. Just forget an appetizer for me, and bring me a nice, juicy hamburger…medium rare…with French fries and a large soda.(11) Have you finished with thisA: Have you finished with this?B: No, I'm still drinking it. Thanks.A: Did you order this?B: Yes, that's mine. Mmm, it looks great and smells delicious!A: Don't you like it?B: I haven't tasted it yet. I'm waiting for the waitress to bring me a fork.A: Did you enjoy it?B: Well, it was a little tough. I think it was cooked for too long.A: How is it?B: Great. Just the way I like it: black and strong.A: Your turn or mine?B: It's my treat this time. You paid last time. Remember.Unit 5(12) I'm so excited!A: I'm so excited! We have two weeks off! What are you going to do?B: I'm not sure. I guess I'll just stay home. Maybe I'll catch up on my reading. What about you? Any plans?A: Well, my parents have rented a condominium in Florida. I'm going to take long walksalong the beach every day and do lots of swimming.B: Sounds great!A: Say, why don't you come with us? We have plenty of room.B: Do you mean it? I'd love to!A: So, what are you planning to do for your vacation, Judy?B: Oh, I'm doing something really exotic this year. You know, I went to Hawaii last year, and just stayed on the beach for two weeks. This year, I'm going white-water rafting!A: Ooh, that sounds great. But what is it, exactly?B: Oh, well, you know, it's in Colorado. They have all these trips down the rapids. The water gets really rough, but I think it'll be really exciting. Oh, I'm doing some rock climbing, too. A: And you call that a vacation?(12) What are your plans for the summerA: What are your plans for the summer, Paul?B: Oh, I'd love to go and lie on a beach somewhere, but I need to save some money for school.I think I'll stay home and get a job.A: That doesn't sound like much fun.B: Oh, it won't be too bad. Some of my friends are going to work this summer, too, so we'll do some partying on the weekends.A: Have you planned anything for the summer, Brenda?B: Yeah. I'm going to work the first month and save some money. Then I'm going to go down to Mexico for six weeks to stay with my sister. She's working in Guadalajara. She says it's really interesting there, so I want to go and see what to go and see what it's like. It will also give me a chance to practice my Spanish. I'm really looking forward to it.Unit 6 Sure. No problem!(13) Jason…Jason!A: Jason…Jason! Turn down the TV a little, please.B: Oh, but this is my favorite program!A: I know. But it's too loud.B: OK. I'll turn it down.A: That's better. Thanks.B: Lisa, please pick up your things.A: They're all over the living room floor.B: In a minute, Mom. I'm on the phone.A: OK. But do it as soon as you hang up.B: Sure. No problem.A: Goodness! Were we like this when we were kids?B: Definitely!A: Have you noticed how forgetful Dad is getting? He's always forgetting where his car keysare. It drives me crazy.B: And he can never find his glasses either.A: I know.B: You know what drives me crazy about Mom?A: What?B: Those awful talk shows she watches on TV. She just loves them.A: Yeah, I think she watches them for hours everyday.B: Oh, well. I guess they're just getting old. I hope I never get like that.A: Me, too. Hey, let's go and play a video game.B: Great idea. By the way, have you seen my glasses anywhere?A: James, please turn that down…James!B: Yes, Mom?A: Turn that down. It's much too loud.B: Sorry, Mom. I had it turned up because I wanted to hear the game.A: Molly, put the groceries away, please. There's ice cream in one of the bags.B: I can't right now, Dad. I'm doing my homework.A: What's this, James!B: Yeah, Mom?A: Why are there all these wet towels on the bathroom floor? Please pick them up and hang them up to dry.B: Gosh, I'm really sorry, Mom. I forgot all about them.A: Justin, come help me. We need to wash these dishes before your mother gets home.B: Oh, Dad. I'd like to help, but I have to call Laurie. It's really important.A: Aimee, I think the dog is trying to tell you something!B: Well, I can't possibly take him out right now. I'm doing my nails(14) Hi. I'm your new neighborA: Hi. I'm your new neighbor, George Rivera. I live next door.B: Oh, hi. I'm Stephanie Lee.A: So, you just moved in? Do you need anything?B: Not right now. But thanks.A: Well, let me know if you do. Um, by the way, would you mind turning your stereo down? The walls are really thin, so the sound goes right through to my apartment.B: Oh, I'm sorry! I didn't realize that. I'll make sure to keep the volume down. Oh, by the way, is there a good Italian restaurant in the neighborhood?A: Yeah. There's a great one a couple of blocks from here. Try their lasagna. It's delicious!A: Hello. I'm sorry to bother you, but I think your car is parked in my space downstairs.B: Really?A: Yes. Do you drive a blue Honda?B: Yes, I do.A: Well, there's a blue Honda parked in space 13 and that's my space.B: Oh, I'm so sorry. My son must have put it in the wrong space. Ours is the one right next to yours-number 12. Let me get my keys, and I'll go right down and move the car.A: Thanks.B: And I'll make sure my son doesn't do it again.A: I appreciate it.A: Gee, Bob, you're really late. You said you'd be here at six, and look at the time: It's almost six thirty!B: I'm really sorry. Tell you what: I'll pay for dinner.A: Oh, it's all right. You don't have to do that.B: No, I want to pay. You had to wait for me almost half an hour.A: Well, hey, OK-if you insist. Thanks!A: Hi, Sally. What happened to you on Sunday?B: Sunday? What do you mean?A: You don't remember? I had a party, and I invited you.B: Oh, gosh. Of course you did-and I completely forgot about it. I was busy all day helping my brother with his car, and I guess I just forgot. Sorry. How did the party go, anyway?A: It was great, but we missed you.B: Gee, now I really feel bad.Unit8(15)Did you know next week is Halloween?A: Did you know next week is Halloween? It's on October 31B: So what do you do on Halloween? We don't have that holiday in Russia.A: Well, it's a day when kids dress up in masks and costumes. They knock on people's doors and ask for candy by saying words“Trick or treat!”B: Hmm. Sounds interesting.A: But it's not just for kids. Lots of people have costume parties. Hey…my friend Pete is having a party. Would you like to go?B: Sure. I'd love to.A: So are we going to wear costumes to the party?B: Of course. That's half the fun. Last year I rented this great Dracula costume, and this year I'm going as a clown.A: A clown? Yes, you would make a good clown.B: Hey!A: Oh, I'm just kidding. What about me? What kind of costume should I wear?B: Why don't you go as a witch? I saw a terrific witch outfit at the costume store.A: A witch…yeah, that's a good idea. So after I scare people, you can make them laugh.(16)You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari.A: You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari. Is this your wedding photo?B: Yes, it is.A: Do most Japanese women wear kimonos when they get married?B: Yes, many of them do. Then after the wedding ceremony, the bride usually changes into a Western bridal dress during the reception.A: Oh, I didn't know that.A: Did you get married in a church, Mari?B: No, the ceremony was held at a shrine.A: Oh, a shrine…B: Yes, we were married by a priest in a traditional Shinto ceremony.A: Hmm. And who went to the ceremony?B: Well, only the immediate family attended the ceremony…you know, our parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters…A: And what about the reception? What was that like?B: Lots of friends and relatives came to the reception…about a hundred people. And the first thing happened was that the main guests gave formal speeches.A: Speeches?B: Yes, and then after that, all the guests were served a formal meal. While everyone was eating and drinking, lots of other guests gave short speeches or sang songs. Some of the speeches were funny.A: Sounds like fun!B: Yes, the songs and speeches are all part of the entertainment during a wedding reception. And then, at the end of the reception, each guest received a present for coming to the wedding.A: A present from the bride and groom?B: Yes, it's a Japanese custom.A: What a nice custom!Unit 9 Back to the futureA: Ugh! I feel awful. I really have to stop smoking.B: So why don't you quit?A: Well, if I quit, I might gain weight!B: A lot of people do, but...A: And if I gain weight, I won't be able to fit into any of clothes!B: Well, you can always go on a diet.A: Oh, no. I'm terrible at losing weight on diets. So if my clothes don't fit, I'll have to buy new ones. I'll have to get a part-time job, and...B: Listen, it is hard to quit, but it's not that hard. Do you want to know how I did it?A: Well, giving up smoking isn't really as hard as you think. I managed to do it, so it can't be that difficult. You should try nicotine gum. You chew it just like regular chewing gum, andyou don't feel like smoking.B: Well, I guess it's worth a try.A: The neighborhood sure has changed!B: What was this place like before, Grandpa?A: Well, there used to be a grocery store right here on this corner. Hmm. It was pretty quiet. Not many people lived here then.B: These days, the population is growing fast.A: Yeah. I bet they'll tear down all these old buildings soon. In a few years, there will be just malls and high-rise apartments.B: Hey, that doesn't sound too bad!A: No, but I'll miss the old days.A: How long have you been living here?B: Oh, for over twenty years.A: And have you noticed a lot of changes during that time?B: Oh, yes, quite a few. This is a much nicer place to live now than it used to be. It's much greener. When I first moved here, there weren't many trees around. But over the last few years, the city has planted trees everywhere. It's made such a difference.A: How do you like living here?B: Well, it's an interesting city. But you really need a car here; otherwise, you can't go anywhere. There used to be a good bus system, but there isn't anymore.A: Why is that?B: Oh, I think they expect everyone to have a car, so they don't bother to provide decent bus service. It's getting worse and worse. These days, you have to wait for ages for a bus. And when one finally shows up, it's usually full!A: I can't believe how much this neighborhood has changed!B: What do you mean?A: Well, when Joe and I first bought this house-that was almost 20 years ago, of course-there were lots of young couples with little children living on this street.B: I don't see any kids out today.A: That's because they've all grown up and moved out of their parents' house. Just about the only young children we see around here these days are the grandchildren when they come to visit. It's gotten way too quiet around here.Unit 10 I don't like working on weekends!A: Any interesting jobs listed on the Internet today?B: Well, there are a lot of retail jobs-selling clothes and stuff. But you have to work Saturdays and Sundays.A: Hmm. I hate working on weekendsB: Hmm…so do I. Oh, here's a job in sales. It's a job selling children's books to bookstores.A: That sounds interesting.B: Yeah. Let's see. You need to have a driver's license. And you have to work some evenings. A: I don't mind working evenings during the week. And I enjoy driving. So, what's the phone number?B: It's 7983455A: Delta Education.B: Hello. I'm calling about the job you advertised for a salesperson. Is it still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Well, can you tell me something about the job?A: Sure. Our company sells educational books for children. We're looking for part-time salespeople to promote our books to local bookstores.B: That sounds interesting. I'm a student, and I'm looking for part-time work.A: Well, perhaps you'd like to come in for an interview.B: Yes, I would.A: Oh, just one thing we didn't mention in the advertisement. Some of our books are in Spanish, so we'd like to hire someone who speaks Spanish.B: Oh, as a matter of fact, I do.A: Good. Well, let me arrange a time for you to come in for an interview.A: So what kind of job are you looking for?B: Well, I haven't made up my mind. I love working with people, and I love traveling. I don't want a job where I'm stuck in an office all day. I want to get out and see the world.A: Are you interested in working in business? That's where you can sometimes make good money.B: I'm not really interested in making a lot of money at this point in my life. I'll worry about that laterA: What kind of career are you planning for yourself?B: I don't know. I think I'd like to have a job where I can help people. Everybody else in my family is in law or business-you know, boring stuff like that. That's just not for me. I know I'd like to work overseas, though. Maybe in a children's hospital in a developing country. But that's a long way away. I have to get into medical school first, and that's not going to be easy!A: What kind of job do I have in kind? Well, I don't want a regular nine-to–five job. Eventually, I'd like to get into acting-maybe even break into movies. But I guess that won't happen for a while.B: So what are you doing in the meantime?A: Well, I work out at the gym nearly every day. I need to be really fit. And I'm taking acting lessons as well so that I feel comfortable in front of the crowd. I just had some pictures taken to show to agents in the city. Would you like to see them?B: Sure.A bossA: How do you like your new boss?B: She's OK. I just wish she'd learn to lighten up a little.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, she never enjoys a joke. She never laughs. It's hard to even get a smile out of her.A Co-workerA: Look what Mary gave me! Isn't this a great book?B: Yeah, it is! Mary's so sweet-she's always giving her friends and co-workers presents. I wish there were more people like her in this world!A teacherA: What do you think of the new French teacher?B: Well, she's king of strange. She's in a good mood one minute and in a terrible mood the next.A relativeA: Hey, what's wrong?B: I'm fed up with my brother! It seems as if he's always angry at me something.A: Really?B: Yeah. He gets up upset so easily. I don't know what's the matter with him.A: I don't know what classed to take this semester. I can't decide what I want to do with my life. Have you thought about it, Brenda?B: Yes, I have. I think I'd make a good journalist because I love writing.A: Maybe I could be a teacher because I'm very creative. And I like working with kids.B: Oh, I wouldn't want to be a teacher. I'm too inpatient.A: I know one thing I could never do.B: What's that?A: I could never be a stockbroker because I'm not good at making decisions quickly.A: My history professor says I should think about a career in politics. But I don't think I'd make a good politician.B: Why not, Brenda?A: Oh, you know me. I'm terrible at speaking in front of a lot of people-you know, like giving speeches and things. And politicians have to speak in public all the time.B: That's true. You know, that reminds me of a problem I'm having.A: What is it?B: You know my parents have a really successful restaurant, right? Well, my father wants me to be the manager.A: And you don't want go?B: No, not at all. I'd be a terrible manager. I'm much too disorganizedUnit 11 It's really worth seeing!A: We are now approaching the famous Statue of Liberty, which has welcomed visitors to New YorkHarbor since 1886.B: Wow! Look at it.。
最新成熙高级英语听力脚本学习资料
Unit 1That’s what friends are for!P22 ConversationA Listen and practice.Chris: Do you have a date for the party yet?Kim: Actually, I don’t ……Do you think you could help me find one?Chris: Hmm. What kind of guys do you like?Kim: Oh, I like guys who aren’t too serious and who have a good sense of humor. You know ... like you.Chris: OK. What else?Kim: Well, I’d prefer someone I have something in common with –who I can talk to easily.Chris: I think I know just the guy for you. Bob Branson. Do you know him?Kim: No, I don’t think so.Chris: Let me arrange for you to meet him, and you can tell me what you think.B Listen to Chris and Kim discussing Bob after Kim met him. How did Kim like him?Chris: So, what’s the Verdict? What did you think of Bob?Kim: Well, I was worried at first especially when I saw that he wears not one buttwo earrings, I thought he might turn out to be one of those guys who are into heavyrock music and stuff like that. You know what I mean?Chris: But he’s just a regular kind of guy, right?Kim: Yeah, we got along really well!Chris: I just knew you’d like him.Kim: Yeah, I do, and he’s really funny. He had me laughing hystericallyduring dinner. I think the people sitting next to us in the restaurant thought we were crazy.Chris: So, are you two going to get together again?Kim: Definitely, in fact, we’re going to a concert tomorrow night.Chris: That’s great.P4Listening What are they like?B Listen to conversations about what the people above are like.Write down two adjectives for each person. How similar were your guesses?1. AndreaA: So, have you seen Andrea lately?B: Yeah, I see her pretty often. We work together at a cafélatté.A: How’s she doing, I’ve been meaning to call her.B: Well, to be honest! I’ve always thought she’s a little difficult. But these days, I find her impossible.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, you know how she is. She has such strong ideas about everything. If you don’t agree with her she lets you know what she thinks of you.A: Yes, that’s true. But that’s why we love her, right?B: Yeah, I guess so. But she’s changed a lot since she started college.She talked about herself all the time and she always manages to mention how good she is at everything she does.A: Hmm. Maybe I won’t call her after all.2. JamesA: Are you going to James party on Saturday?B: Of course, James always gives the best parties. And there are always lots of interesting new people to meet.A: That’s true. I don’t know where he manages to find them all.B: Well, you know what he’s like. He makes friends very easily. He really likes talking to people, and he loves inviting people over.A: Ur –Ur, he invited me for dinner last Saturday, what a feast!B: Yeah, he’s a great cook too.A: After dinner I offered to help clean up, he told me not to worry about it. He said he’d take care of it in the morning. He was like. It’s nothing, no big deal.B: Yup, that sounds like James.3. Mr. JohnsonA: Have you met the new apartment manager?B: Mr. Johnson? Hmm. Yeah, I met him last week. He’s…a little strange.A: Yeah, he is. I’m not sure I like him. He’s hard to predict. Sometimes he’s pretty cheerful and talkative,and the next day he doesn’t even say hello. I think he must have personal problems or something.B: I think you’re right. And have you noticed that half the time when he says he’s going to do something, he never actually does it? He told me three times he’d come to fix the light in my kitchen, and he still hasn’t done it.Unit 2Career movesA listen and practice.Tracy: Good news! I’ve found a summer job!Mark: That’s great! Anything interesting?T: Yes, working at an amusement park. Doesn’t that sound fantastic?M: Sure, it does.T: So, have you found anything?M: Nothing yet, but I’ve got a couple of leads. One is working as an intern for a recordcompany –mostly answering phones. Or I can get a landscaping job again.T: Being an intern sounds more interesting than landscaping. And it’s probably not as hard!M: Yeah, but a landscaper earns more money than an intern. And you get a great tan!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What is Tracy going to do at the amusement park?M: So what will you be doing at the amusement park, exactly?T: Actually, I’ll have two jobs. First, I’ll be working at a place called Children’s World. They have all kinds of interesting games and educational activities for young kids. I have to go to a training program for three days before I start to find out how everything works.M: Three days? Wow, the equipment must be pretty high-tech!T: Oh, it is –a lot of computers and interesting devices. It’s just the kind of stuff that kids love.M: Well, it sounds like the perfect job for you. I know how much you live kids. So what’s your other job?T: Well. I’ll also be one of the people who walks around the park greeting people.M: Do you mean you’ll have to dress up in a costume?T: Yes, as a cartoon character! I know, I know. It sounds silly. And it’s certainly not as rewarding as working in Children’s World, but it’s part of the job.CarolsWoman: So where are you working this summer, Carols?Carlos: I’m working as a tutor in a learning center for kids.W: Interesting. What kinds of things do the kids do there?C: They work on subjects they need help in, uh, mainly math and English.W: Is your job hard?C: No, not at all. The kids work on computers most of the time. We have to help them get started and when they run into problems.W: Do you enjoy it?C: Oh, yes. Working with kids is so much more fun than working with adults. And I get to choose my own hours. As long as I work eight hours a day, I can come in at any time from 8 A.M. TO 9 P.M.W: Lucky you!PaulWoman: Paul, did you find a summer job, yet?Paul: Yeah, I’m working in a restaurant.W: Oh, how’s it going?P: Oh, the money’s not bad.W: What are you doing? Are you waiting tables?P: I wish! No. I’m working in the kitchen. I cut up stuff for the chef –vegetables and meat and things.I also wash the dishes.W: Oh, yuck.P: Yeah. It’s pretty hard work. I didn’t realize how hot it is in a restaurant kitchen until I took this job.W: So why don’t you quit?P: I’d love to, but I need the money.JuliaMan: So what kind of job did you find for the summer?Julia: I’m working for a marketing company. I’m doing telephone marketing.M: Oh, so you’re one of those people who drives me crazy by calling me up and trying to persuade me to buy something that I have absolutely no need for.J: Exactly.M: Do you like it?J: Believe it or not, I do. It’s mostly a bunch of students working there, and we have alot of fun when we’re not making calls. It’s really easy, too, since we just have to read from a script.M: Are you doing this full time?J: Yes, but I work from two in the afternoon until eleven at night, so I get to sleep as late as I want to in the morning.Unit 3Could you do me a favor?P142 ConversationA Listen and practice.Jack: Hi, Rod. This is Jack.Rod: Oh, hi, Jack. What’s up?J: I’m going to my best friend’s wedding this weekend. I’d love to videotape it. Would you mind if I borrowed you video camera?R: Um, yeah. That’s OK, I guess. I don’t think I’ll need it for anything.J: Thanks a million.R: Sure. Have you used a video camera before? It’s pretty easy.J: Yeah, a couple of times. Would it be OK if I picked it up on Friday night?R: Fine. No problem.B Listen to two more telephone calls Jack makes. What else does he want to borrow from friends? Do they agree to lend them to him?1.Andy: Hello.Jacj: Hi, Andy. This is Jack.A: Oh, hi, Jack.J: I was wondering if you could do me a favor.A: That depends.J: Well, I have to go to a wedding this weekend. Would it be OK if I borrowed your navy blue suit?A: Oh, sure. No problem.J: Thanks a lot. I’ll come by and pick it up tonight.A: That’s fine.2.Rose: Rose Rizzo.Jack: Hi, Rose. This is Jack.R: Oh, hello. How are you?J: Pretty good, thanks. Listen, the reason I’m calling is I have a really big favor to ask you.R: Yes?J: Remember I told you about that friend of mine who’s getting married to a woman he met in Barcelona?R: Yeah, I remember. And?J: Well, the wedding’s this Saturday afternoon, and it’s out in the country –about an hour’s drive from here –and I was wondering if I could borrow your car for the afternoon to get there.R: Gee, Jack, I’d really love to help you out, but I’m going to be needing my car all weekend. I’ve got a friend coming in from out of town, and I promised to show her the sights.J: Oh, OK. I understand. Anyway, how are things? I haven’t seen you for ages.R: Oh, pretty good.P165 ListeningA Listen to three telephone conversations. Write down what each caller requests. Does the other person agree to the request? Check (√) Yes or No.1. TinaRobert: Hello?Tina: Hi, Robert. This is Tina.R: Hi, Tina. What’s up?T: Well, actually, I was wondering if you’d mind lending me your camera for a few days. I want to take some photos of my new apartment to send to my folks.R: Sure. You can borrow it.T: Oh, thanks a million.2. MikeMike: Hi, Sandy. This is Mike.Sandy: Oh, hi. How are things with you?M: Pretty good. Listen. I was wondering if I could use your video game system over the weekend.S: You mean my Sony Play Station?M: Yeah. My sister’s asked me to take care of my niece and nephew over the weekend –they’re six and eight –and I thought it would be a great way to keep them busy.S: That’s a good idea –kids that age love video games –but, well, I have bad news: My machine isn’t working.I’ve been meaning to take it in to get fixed, but I haven’t gotten around to it.M: Oh, too bad.S: But you know you can always rent one. Most video stores have machines to rent. You just have to leave a deposit.M: Oh, perfect. I’ll do that. Thanks, Sandy.S: No problem.3. PhilPhil: Hi, Greg. It’s Phil.Greg: Hi. What’s up?P: Not much, but I was wondering if I could ask you for a favor.G: Hmm…maybe. Try me!P: Well, I have to go out of town for a few days next week.G: Uh-huh.P: Could I leave Polly with you while I’m gone?G: Polly? Who’s Polly?P: You know –Polly, my bird.G: Oh, yeah. I forgot, your bird. I don’t know, Phil. I really don’t like birds very much. They’re messy, and they make a lot of noise, and…P: No, not Polly. She’s really a great bird. She’s really clean and very quiet. She won’t bother you –I promise.G: Oh, all right. I’ll do it.P: Thanks. I really appreciate it. I’ll bring her over on Tuesday night.G: OK. But you owe me one!P178 ConversationA Listen and practice.Amy: Hello?Jeff: Hello. May I speak to Sophia, please?A: I’m sorry, she’s not in right now. Would you like to leave a message?J: Yes, please. This is Jeff. Would you tell her that Tony is having a party on Saturday?A: Un-huh.J: And would you ask her if she’d like to go with me?A: All right, Peter. I’ll give her the message.J: No, this is Jeff, not Peter.A: Oh, I’m sorry.J: By the way, who’s Peter?B Listen to Amy talking to Sophia. Who is Peter? Is Sophia going to go to the party with Jeff?Sophia: Hi! I’m home!A: Oh, hi.S: Did anyone call?A: Uh-huh. Your old friend Peter called a few hours ago. He’s going to be in town on Saturday and wants to get together with you Saturday night. He said to call him.S: Oh, super! I haven’t seen Peter in almost a year. Any other calls?A: Uh, yeah. Jeff called. He wants to know if you want to go to Tony’s party with him.S: Oh. When is Tony’s party?A: On Saturday.S: Oh, perfect. That’s the same night I’m going to get together with Peter, so I have an excuse not to go. Even if I weren’t going out with Peter, I wouldn’t go anywhere with Jeff. Oh, he’s such a pain!A: Oh, he didn’t sound so bad. He sounded kind of sweet.S: Yeah, yeah, I guess he is. It’s just that I don’t want to go out with him –and he just doesn’t seem to get the message. Do me a favor. Amy: If he calls again, could you just tell him I’m not home?A: Hmm. OK.Unit 4What a story!P202 Conversation StorytellingA Listen and practice.Jake: What an awful story! A couple was sailing their yacht from Hawaii to Mexico.While they were crossing the Pacific, their boat hit a whale and sank!Anne: Is that true? What happened to the whale?J: It doesn’t say! Oh and here’s another one. A guy in Los Angles was robbing a bank. But as he was escaping, he got caught in the revolving door.A: I guess it was his first bank robbery!J: Yeah. On and listen to this. Some guy got locked out of his house, so he tried to get in through the chimney.A: Don’t tell me! He got stuck in the chimney!J: Exactly. And he was still trying to get out two days later when the police rescued him.1.A man who considered himself a snake charmer was strangled to death on Sunday by a three-and-a-half-meter boa constrictor in a town in Thailand. It seems that the man rushed to see the giant snake after friends told him the serpent was seen beside one of the town’s main roads. The snake charmer put it around his neck; while he and his friends were walking home, the snake strangled him to death.2.Early Tuesday morning in California, two police officers who were pursuing a car thief down Hollywood Boulevard in a high-speed chase were rescued by the thief. During the chase, the officers’car overturned and fell into a shallow river. The officers couldn’t get out of the car, which was rapidly filling up with water. The thief went back to the scene of the accident and helped rescue the officers. The Hollywood Police Department has decided to drop charges against the thief for saving the officers’lives.A Listen and practice.Brian: Someone stole my wallet last night!Kate: Oh no! What happened?B: Well, I was working out, and I had put my stuff in my locker, just like I always do. When I came back, someone had stolen my wallet. I guess I’d forgotten to lock the locker.K: I’m sorry. That’s terrible! Did you lose much money?B: Only about $20. But I lost my credit card and my driver’s license. What a pain!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What did Kate have stolen once? Where was she? What happened?K: Hmm. That reminds me of when I had my purse stolen last year.B: Really? What happened?K: Well, it was when I was in Belgium. I was on my way to the airport, so I was standing on the side of the road with my bags, trying to figure out the bus schedule. Anyway, this a bunch of guys came by and asked if they could help me. They spoke very broken English, and I couldn’t really understand what they were saying. I really just wanted them to leave me alone. Finally, they left and when I looked down, I realized my purse had disappeared. It had my wallet in it with all my traveler’s checks and my money and my credit card. Well, luckily, I had put my airline ticket and my passport in one of my carry-on bags.B: How awful! So what did you do?K: Well, first I screamed at the top of my lungs and tried to run after the guys –but they were long gone. Then –this sounds really corny –I did just what I had seen people do on TV: I called my credit card company.B: Were they helpful?K: They were lifesavers! In no time at all, they’d given me new traveler’s checks and a new credit card, and sent me on my way.Review of Units 1-4P262 Listening Favorite gripesA Listen to two people discussing these topics. Complete the chart.1 Taxi driversA: It really upsets me when taxi drivers drive so fast. I’m always terrified of having an accident.B: That doesn’t really bother me. I like to get where I’m going quickly. But I can’t stand it when they have their radios turned up all the way full blast. You can’t even hear yourself think!2 People with dogsA: I hate it when people take their dogs into a park and let them make messes all over the place. It’s so irresponsible!B: You know what bothers me? I hate it when they go out and leave their dog at home, barking all day.3 TV commercialsA: I can’t stand it when they show the same commercial twice in a row. Why do they do chat? It drives me crazy!B: The thing that bothers me the most is when they interrupt a ball game at the most exciting moment to show some stupid commercial.4 Store clerksA: It really upsets me when store clerks pretend they haven’t noticed you and just stand around chatting to each other. It’s so rude.B: Yeah. Or on the other hand, they give you the hard sell, and try to get you to buy something you don’t really want.Unit 5Crossing cultures10 Listening Unique customsListen to three people describing unique customs they observed while traveling. Complete the chart.1. AliceOne thing that I never really got used to when I was traveling in Asia was the way people make noise when they drink soup. I think it’s because they want to show that they’re really enjoying their food so they make a loud slurping noise. It always bothered me. I guess it’s because my parents spent years when I was a kid telling me not to make noise while I was eating.2. MarkWhen I lived in Spain, I was surprised at how late people eat in the evening. When you’re invited to dinner, you are asked to come around nine o’clock and you usually don’t start dinner until ten. And people stay terribly late –sometimes until two in the morning or even later. I found it difficult. How does one get up and go to work or schoolthe next day after eating and drinking until three in the morning?3. SusanI lived in the Middle East for a while, and when I went out, I had to obey the local custom of wearing something over my head and wearing a dress that covered my whole body. At first, I found it a real nuisance, but after a while, I got used to it and even started to like it. You feel really secure, and also you don’t have to worry about what to wear all the time.Unit 6What’s wrong with it?P342 Conversation:Listen and practice.Clerk: Can I help you?Helen: Yes, I’d like to return this jacket.C: Is there something the matter with it?H: Yes. I didn’t notice when I bought it, but there are a few problems. First, it has a tear in the lining.C: Hmm, actually, it’s torn in several places.H: And some of the buttons are very loose, this one came off, in fact. And there’s a stain on the collar.C: I’m really sorry about this. Would you like to exchange it for another one?H: Well, to be honest, I don’t think this jacket is very well made. I’d rather get a refund.C: I understand. Do you have the receipt?P364 Listening Fair exchange?Listen to three customers returning items they purchased. Complete the chart.1.C: Can I help you?M: Yes, I bought this briefcase here last week, but there’s something wrong with the lock. I can’t get it to close properly.C: Let me see. Yes, I see what you mean. The lock seems to be jammed or something. No problem. I’ll get you another one. Sorry about that.2.W: Hi.C: Yes?W: I wonder if you could take a look at these shoes I bought here. They’re pretty new, but they seem to be falling apart.C: Hmm. Let me see. Yes, this doesn’t look right. The stitching is coming out. How long did you say you’ve had them?W: Only about a month. Here’s the receipt.C: Hmm…yes. Well, let me exchange these for you. I’m sorry for the inconvenience.3.M: Excuse me.C: Yes, how can I help you?M: You see this shirt? I bought it here a few weeks ago, but the first time I washed it, the color changed: It went from bright red to light pink.C: How did you wash it?M: Well, I just tossed it into the washing machine with my other clothes.C: What temperature did you use?M: I usually wash my clothes in hot water, so I guess hot.C: Well, did you check the washing instructions?M: Um…maybe not.C: Well, you see here on this label? It says, “Wash in cold water only.”M: Um-hmm.C: So I’m really sorry, but since you didn’t follow the washing instructions, I can’t really do anything for you.Unit 7The word we live inP402 ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: Excuse me. Would you like to make a contribution to Greener World?Carla: Sure. What are you working on right now?A: Well, we’re developing educational programs for schools. We want to show children how the oceans are being polluted by industrial waste. And we want to tell them about how fish supplies have been depleted through overfishing.C: I think what you’re doing is terrific. I wish I could do more to help.A: So, have you ever thought about becoming a member of Greener World?C: No, but tell me a little more about it.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What else has Greener World accomplished in their city?A: We’ve been active in this area for almost five years now. Are you aware of some of our other local projects?C: No, I don’t think I am.A: Well, one of the things we’ve been doing is planting trees. We have a group of volunteers involved in several tree-planting projects in different parts of the city. We’re trying to get as many trees planted as possible to help clean the air and also to help lower the temperature during the summer.C: That sounds smart.A: Uh-huh. We’ve also placed over 50 recycling bins around the city so that people can drop off things for recycling –cans, bottles, plastic bags, and newspapers. Last yearwe raised over $100,000 through recycling.C: That’s fantastic. I’d love to get involved in Greener World. Where do I sign?P425 Listening: Environmental solutionsA Listen to three people describing how come serious environmental problems are being solved. Write down the problem each one talks about.1. Jenny:J: You know, I’ve been reading a lot about the problem of landfills –and it really has me worried.M: Why?J: Well, it seems that the easiest way of disposing of trash is by burying it in landfills. The problem is that in many countries the landfills have already been filled up, and it’s hard to find places to start new ones. No one wants a huge landfill anywhere near their neighborhood.M: So what’s the solution?J: Well, there is no easy solution. But many cities are trying to do more recycling so that they can reduce the amount of stuff that goes into the landfills.2. Adam:W: I can’t believe it’s become dangerous to get a suntan. What is this world coming to?A: Well, the sun has never been good for you, but it’s really dangerous now. You see, the ozonosphere, which helps protect us from the sun’s ultraviolet rays, has been damaged by pollution in the air. When the ozone layer gets too thin, it can cause an increase in skin cancer and other problems.W: But is there anything we can do to solve the problem?A: Sure. One of the biggest threats to the ozone layer is cars –the exhaust gases from cars. The best way to save the ozone layer is to drive less. So in many places, people are being asked to carpool.3. Kate:K: You know, you always hear about air pollution, but not many people are aware of the problem of water pollution.M: You mean in the oceans?K: No. I mean polluted drinking water. It’s a problem in almost every major city in the world. Almost all our rivers and lakes –where we get our drinking water from –are being polluted in some way by businesses farms, homes, industries, and other sources. And even though the water most of us drink is treated, it’s still not 100 percent pure.M: So what’s the solution?K: Well, it’s a complicated problem to solve, but basically what’s involved is treating all waste products more carefully so that dangerous chemicals and bacteria don’t get into our water supply.P43ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: You know, there’s a factory outside town that’s pumping chemicals into the river.Carla: How can they do that? Isn’t that against the law?A: Yes, it is. But a lot of companies ignore those laws.C: That’s terrible! What can Greener World do?A: Well, on thing to do about it is to talk to the management.C: What if that doesn’t work?A: Well, then another way to stop them is to get a TV station to run a story on it.C: Yes! Companies hate bad publicity. By the way, what’s the name of this company?A: It’s called Apex Industries.C: Oh no! My uncle is one of their top executives!C Listen to the rest of the conversation. What do Andy and Carla decide to do?Carla: Wait a minute, Before Greener World does anything, shouldn’t we make sure that we’ve got our facts straight?Andy: Absolutely. The best thing to do is to monitor the situation over the next several weeks to see what exactly is happening.C: How do we do that?A: Well, we can take pictures of the river and even take water samples to see how had the situation is.C: OK. And maybe I could talk to my uncle about it.A: Oh, no, I don’t think that’s a good idea. Not yet, anyway.C: Why not?A: I don’t think we want to say anything to anyone until we have a clearer picture of what is going on. After we’ve monitored the situation for a while, then we can decide whether we need to have a meeting with a representative of the company to tell them what we’ve discovered. OK, Carla?C: OK.Unit 8Learning to learnP462 ConversationA Listen and practice.Paula: Do you want to take a class with me at the community college?Jason: Maybe. What are they offering?P: Well, here’s the course catalog. Take a look.J: Hmm. They’ve got a lot of language classes –Chinese, German, Japanese. Would you rather learn an Asian language or a European one?P: Um, actually, I think I’d rather take an art class. They have one on landscape photography and another on making videos.J: That sounds OK. But I think I’d prefer studying video to learning about photography.P: OH, wait. It says here that you need to provide your own video equipment.J: Oh, I’d rather not spend a lot of money. Let’s see what else they’re offering.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What course do they decide to take? Why?Paula: Hmm. Hey, this sounds kind of interesting: the art of bonsai.Jason: What’s bonsai?P: You know, those miniature trees they grow in little tubs. It says here that they have a course on how to grow them, and on how to develop a business selling bonsais. Apparently, you can sell them for up to $500 apiece.J: Really? Wow! That does sound good. We could learn how to grow them and then maybe set up a little business.P: Yeah. We could do it out at my dad’s place. He has lots of room to grow things in his garden.J: Is the course expensive? Do you have to buy any special equipment?P: It says no special equipment is required except plant containers and some young trees.J: Let’s check it out, then.P48Listening:A Listen to three people talking about the part-time courses they took recently. Complete the chart.1. LindaM: So, Linda, what have you been doing with yourself?L: Not much. Oh, wait! That’s not true. I took this great dancing course last semester.M: Oh, yeah! What kind of dancing?L: We learned tap dancing and square dancing.M: Wait……why on earth would you want to learn tap dancing and square dancing? It sounds exhausting.L: Oh, just for fun. You should try taking the course. You’ll see that you learn more。
成熙英语_中级班_听力脚本_2
成熙英语_中级班_听力脚本－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－v1.0 可编辑可修改Unit 1(1) I'm really sorry:Ted: Oh, I'm really sorry. Are you OKAna: I'm fine. But I'm not very good at this.Ted: Neither am I. Say, are you from South AmericaAna: Yes, I am originally. I was born in Argentina.Ted: Did you grow up thereAna: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school.Ted: And where did you learn to rollarbladeAna: Here in the park. This is only my second time.Ted: Well, it's my first time. Can you give me some lessonsAna: Sure. Just follow me.Ted : By the way, my name is Ted.Ana: And I'm Ana. Nice to meet you.Hey, hey! that was funTed: Hey, hey! that was fun. Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem. So, tell me a little about yourself. What do you doTed: I work in a travel agency.Ana: Really! What do you do thereTed: I'm in charge of their computers.Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist.Ted: Well, sort of. Yeah, I guess so.Ana: That's great. Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course 11v1.0 可编辑可修改I'm taking.Ted: Oh, sure...But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons.Ana: It's a deal!(2) Where are you from originally, Yu HongInterviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu HongYu Hong: I'm from China...from near Shanghai.Interviewer: And when did you move hereYu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college. That was in 1992. Interviewer: And what do you do nowYu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer.Interviewer: I see. So you 're an immigrant to the United States.Yu Hong: Yes, that's right.Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the .Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer. There are so many things, really. I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here. I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing. In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives. It isn't the same here. Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from homeYu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup. I really miss my mother's cooking.(3) Hey! Are these pictures of youA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kidB: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house. When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer.22v1.0 可编辑可修改A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah. We always had a great time. Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach.I have a great shell collection. In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid. But my parents threw them out!A: You know what I remember most about growing upB: WhatA: Visiting my grandparent's house… you know, on holidays and stuff. They lived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie. He taught me how to ride. I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house. And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me.B: Ah, memories!Unit 2(4) Why is there never a bus when you want oneA: Why is there never a bus when you want oneB: Good question. There aren't enough buses on this route.A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper.B: Good idea. You should say that we need more subway lines, too.A: Yeah. There should be more public transportation in genral.B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic.A: Say, is that our bus comingB: Yes, it is. But look. It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee. We can talk about this letter I'm 33v1.0 可编辑可修改going to write.A: So you are really going to write a letter to the paperB: Sure. I'm going to say something about the buses. They're too old. We need more modern buses… nice air-conditioned ones.B: And they need to put more buses on the road.A: Right. And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking. B: That's for sure. It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days. A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five.B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday. Hmm… that sounds like a really good idea.(5) Quite a number of thingsQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore. For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district. They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield.Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars. People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car. And the number of certificates is limited. Not everyone can get one.There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singaporeas it does in, say, the United States or Canada.The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system. Their subway system is one of the best in the world. And there is also a very good taxi and bus system.(6) Excuse me. Could you tell meA: Excuse me. Could you tell me where the bank is44v1.0 可编辑可修改B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop.A: Oh, thanks. Do you know what time it opensB: It should be open now. It opens at 8:.A: Good. And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the cityB: You need to check at the transportation counter. It's right down the hall. A: OK. And just one more thing. Do you know where the nearest restroom isB: Right behind you, ma'am. See that signA: Oh. Thanks a lot.A: Excuse me. It's me again. I'm sorry. I need some more information-if you don't mind.B: Not at all.A: Thanks. Do you know how much a taxi costs to the cityB: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course. But it usually costs about forty dollars.A: Forty dollars I guess I'll take the bus. That means I have almost an hour till the next one. Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport Maybe a fast-food placeB: Go upstairs and turn right. You'll see the snack bar on your left.A: Thanks very much. Have a nice day.B: You, too.Unit 3(7) What do you thinkA: What do you thinkB: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment. And the living room is huge.55v1.0 可编辑可修改C: But the bedroom are too small. And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes.A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw.B: But that apartment was dark and dingy. And it was in a dangerous neighborhood. A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us.A: Well, how do you like this space, thenC: Oh, it's much better than that other one. The thing I like best is the bedrooms. They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big.C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could.C: The only problem is the color of the living room. I really don't like those dark green walls.A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to.(8) Creative Rentals.A: Creative Rentals. Good morning.B: Hello. I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent.A: Yes. What can I tell you about itB: Where is it, exactlyA: It's on King Street, just off the freeway.B: Oh, near the freeway. Can you hear the trafficA: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some. But the apartment has lots of space. It has three bedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see. And is it in a new buildingA: Well, the building is about fifty years old.66v1.0 可编辑可修改B: Uh-huh. Well, I'll think about it.A: OK. Thanks for calling.B: Thank you. ByeA: HelloB: Hello. Is the apartment you're advertising still availableA: Yes, it is.B: Can you tell me a little about itA: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person. It's one room with a kitchen at one end.B: I see. And is it far away from the subwayA: There's a subway station just down the street. Actually, the apartment is located rightdowntown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere. But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise.B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for. I'd like to come see it, please.A: Sure. Let me give you the address.(9) So where are you working nowA: So where are you working now, TerryB: Oh, I'm still at the bank. I don't like it, though.A: That's too bad. Why notB: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well.A: I know what you mean. I don't like my job either. I wish I could find a better job.B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore. I wish I had a lot of money 77v1.0 可编辑可修改so I could retire now.A: Hmm, how old are you, TerryB: Uh, twenty-six.A: So how are things going with you and Susie, TerryB: Oh, you didn't know She and I broke up a couple of months ago. We decided we needed a break from each other for a while. But I miss her a lot. I wish we could get back together again.A: I'm sure you will.B: I really hope so. So what kind of job would you like to look forA: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city. I'm sick of this place. I need to live somewhere more exciting.B: I know what you mean. It sure can get boring around here at times.Yeah, I really need a change. I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new. It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer. I think I need to try something totally different. I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people.I really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends.I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club. I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends.I should take a typing course this summer. I really need if it for my school work. And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life.Gosh, I really have to go on a diet. I've gained ten pounds since last year, 88v1.0 可编辑可修改and everyone tells me I look fat. And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes.Unit 4(10) Hey, this sounds good-snailsA: Hey, this sounds good-snails with garlic! Have you ever eaten snailsB: No, I haven'tA: Oh, they're delicious! I had them last time. Like to try someB: No, thanks. They sound strange.C: Have you decided on an appetizer yetA: Yes. I'll have the snails, please.C: And you, sirB: I think I'll have the fried brains.A: Fried brains Now that really sound strange!A: Oh, good. Here comes the waitress now!C: Here are your snails, madam. And for you, sir… the fried brains.B: Thank you.A: Mmm, these snails are delicious! How are the brainsB: Well, I think they're… yuck! Oh, sorry, I guess brains are pretty strange after all. Um, I think I'm going to order something else, if you don't mind. A: Oh, sure. Go ahead.B: Miss! Excuse me, miss!C: YesB: Uh, I really don't care for this appetizer. Could you bring me something else C: Yes, of course. What would you like insteadA: Try the snails.99v1.0 可编辑可修改B: No, I don't think so. I'll tell you what. Just forget an appetizer for me, and bring me a nice, juicy hamburger… medium rare…with French fries and a large soda.(11) Have you finished with thisA: Have you finished with thisB: No, I'm still drinking it. Thanks.A: Did you order thisB: Yes, that's mine. Mmm, it looks great and smells delicious!A: Don't you like itB: I haven't tasted it yet. I'm waiting for the waitress to bring me a fork.A: Did you enjoy itB: Well, it was a little tough. I think it was cooked for too long.A: How is itB: Great. Just the way I like it: black and strong.A: Your turn or mineB: It's my treat this time. You paid last time. Remember.Unit 5(12) I'm so excited!A: I'm so excited! We have two weeks off! What are you going to doB: I'm not sure. I guess I'll just stay home. Maybe I'll catch up on my reading. What about you Any plansA: Well, my parents have rented a condominium in Florida. I'm going to take long 1010v1.0 可编辑可修改walks along the beach every day and do lots of swimming.B: Sounds great!A: Say, why don't you come with us We have plenty of room.B: Do you mean it I'd love to!A: So, what are you planning to do for your vacation, JudyB: Oh, I'm doing something really exotic this year. You know, I went to Hawaii last year, and just stayed on the beach for two weeks. This year, I'm going white-water rafting!A: Ooh, that sounds great. But what is it, exactlyB: Oh, well, you know, it's in Colorado. They have all these trips down the rapids. The water gets really rough, but I think it'll be really exciting. Oh, I'm doing some rock climbing, too.A: And you call that a vacation(12) What are your plans for the summerA: What are your plans for the summer, PaulB: Oh, I'd love to go and lie on a beach somewhere, but I need to save some money for school. I think I'll stay home and get a job.A: That doesn't sound like much fun.B: Oh, it won't be too bad. Some of my friends are going to work this summer, too, so we'll do some partying on the weekends.A: Have you planned anything for the summer, BrendaB: Yeah. I'm going to work the first month and save some money. Then I'm going to go down to Mexico for six weeks to stay with my sister. She's working in Guadalajara. She says it's really interesting there, so I want to go and see what to go and see what it's like. It will also give me a chance to practice 1111v1.0 可编辑可修改my Spanish. I'm really looking forward to it.Unit 6 Sure. No problem!(13) Jason…Jason!A: Jason…Jason! Turn down the TV a little, please.B: Oh, but this is my favorite program!A: I know. But it's too loud.B: OK. I'll turn it down.A: That's better. Thanks.B: Lisa, please pick up your things.A: They're all over the living room floor.B: In a minute, Mom. I'm on the phone.A: OK. But do it as soon as you hang up.B: Sure. No problem.A: Goodness! Were we like this when we were kidsB: Definitely!A: Have you noticed how forgetful Dad is getting He's always forgetting where his car keys are. It drives me crazy.B: And he can never find his glasses either.A: I know.B: You know what drives me crazy about MomA: WhatB: Those awful talk shows she watches on TV. She just loves them.A: Yeah, I think she watches them for hours everyday.B: Oh, well. I guess they're just getting old. I hope I never get like that. A: Me, too. Hey, let's go and play a video game.1212v1.0 可编辑可修改B: Great idea. By the way, have you seen my glasses anywhereA: James, please turn that down…James!B: Yes, MomA: Turn that down. It's much too loud.B: Sorry, Mom. I had it turned up because I wanted to hear the game.A: Molly, put the groceries away, please. There's ice cream in one of the bags. B: I can't right now, Dad. I'm doing my homework.A: What's this, James!B: Yeah, MomA: Why are there all these wet towels on the bathroom floor Please pick them up and hang them up to dry.B: Gosh, I'm really sorry, Mom. I forgot all about them.A: Justin, come help me. We need to wash these dishes before your mother gets home.B: Oh, Dad. I'd like to help, but I have to call Laurie. It's really important.A: Aimee, I think the dog is trying to tell you something!B: Well, I can't possibly take him out right now. I'm doing my nails(14) Hi. I'm your new neighborA: Hi. I'm your new neighbor, George Rivera. I live next door.B: Oh, hi. I'm Stephanie Lee.A: So, you just moved in Do you need anythingB: Not right now. But thanks.A: Well, let me know if you do. Um, by the way, would you mind turning your stereodown The walls are really thin, so the sound goes right through to my apartment. 1313 v1.0 可编辑可修改B: Oh, I'm sorry! I didn't realize that. I'll make sure to keep the volume down. Oh, by the way, is there a good Italian restaurant in the neighborhoodA: Yeah. There's a great one a couple of blocks from here. Try their lasagna. It's delicious!A: Hello. I'm sorry to bother you, but I think your car is parked in my space downstairs.B: ReallyA: Yes. Do you drive a blue HondaB: Yes, I do.A: Well, there's a blue Honda parked in space 13 and that's my space.B: Oh, I'm so sorry. My son must have put it in the wrong space. Ours is the one right next to yours-number 12. Let me get my keys, and I'll go right down and move the car.A: Thanks.B: And I'll make sure my son doesn't do it again.A: I appreciate it.A: Gee, Bob, you're really late. You said you'd be here at six, and look at the time: It's almost six thirty!B: I'm really sorry. Tell you what: I'll pay for dinner.A: Oh, it's all right. You don't have to do that.B: No, I want to pay. You had to wait for me almost half an hour.A: Well, hey, OK-if you insist. Thanks!A: Hi, Sally. What happened to you on SundayB: Sunday What do you meanA: You don't remember I had a party, and I invited you.1414v1.0 可编辑可修改B: Oh, gosh. Of course you did-and I completely forgot about it. I was busy all day helping my brother with his car, and I guess I just forgot. Sorry. How did the party go, anywayA: It was great, but we missed you.B: Gee, now I really feel bad.Unit 8(15)Did you know next week is HalloweenA: Did you know next week is Halloween It's on October 31B: So what do you do on Halloween We don't have that holiday in Russia.A: Well, it's a day when kids dress up in masks and costumes. They knock on people's doors and ask for candy by saying words“Trick or treat!”B: Hmm. Sounds interesting.A: But it's not just for kids. Lots of people have costume parties. Hey… my friend Pete is having a party. Would you like to goB: Sure. I'd love to.A: So are we going to wear costumes to the partyB: Of course. That's half the fun. Last year I rented this great Dracula costume, and this year I'm going as a clown.A: A clown Yes, you would make a good clown.B: Hey!A: Oh, I'm just kidding. What about me What kind of costume should I wear B: Why don't you go as a witch I saw a terrific witch outfit at the costume store. A: A witch… yeah, that's a good idea. So after I scare people, you can make them laugh.1515v1.0 可编辑可修改(16)You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari.A: You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari. Is this your wedding photoB: Yes, it is.A: Do most Japanese women wear kimonos when they get marriedB: Yes, many of them do. Then after the wedding ceremony, the bride usually changes into a Western bridal dress during the reception.A: Oh, I didn't know that.A: Did you get married in a church, MariB: No, the ceremony was held at a shrine.A: Oh, a shrine…B: Yes, we were married by a priest in a traditional Shinto ceremony.A: Hmm. And who went to the ceremonyB: Well, only the immediate family attended the ceremony… you know, our parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters…A: And what about the reception What was that likeB: Lots of friends and relatives came to the reception…about a hundred people. And the first thing happened was that the main guests gave formal speeches. A: SpeechesB: Yes, and then after that, all the guests were served a formal meal. While everyone was eating and drinking, lots of other guests gave short speeches or sang songs. Some of the speeches were funny.A: Sounds like fun!B: Yes, the songs and speeches are all part of the entertainment during a wedding reception. Andthen, at the end of the reception, each guest received a present for coming to the wedding.A: A present from the bride and groom1616v1.0 可编辑可修改B: Yes, it's a Japanese custom.A: What a nice custom!Unit 9 Back to the futureA: Ugh! I feel awful. I really have to stop smoking.B: So why don't you quitA: Well, if I quit, I might gain weight!B: A lot of people do, but...A: And if I gain weight, I won't be able to fit into any of clothes!B: Well, you can always go on a diet.A: Oh, no. I'm terrible at losing weight on diets. So if my clothes don't fit, I'll have to buy new ones. I'll have to get a part-time job, and...B: Listen, it is hard to quit, but it's not that hard. Do you want to know how I did itA: Well, giving up smoking isn't really as hard as you think. I managed to do it, so it can't be that difficult. You should try nicotine gum. You chew it just like regular chewing gum, and you don't feel like smoking.B: Well, I guess it's worth a try.A: The neighborhood sure has changed!B: What was this place like before, GrandpaA: Well, there used to be a grocery store right here on this corner. Hmm. It was pretty quiet. Not many people lived here then.B: These days, the population is growing fast.A: Yeah. I bet they'll tear down all these old buildings soon. In a few years, there will be just malls and high-rise apartments.1717v1.0 可编辑可修改B: Hey, that doesn't sound too bad!A: No, but I'll miss the old days.A: How long have you been living hereB: Oh, for over twenty years.A: And have you noticed a lot of changes during that timeB: Oh, yes, quite a few. This is a much nicer place to live now than it used to be. It's much greener. When I first moved here, there weren't many trees around. But over the last few years, the city has planted trees everywhere. It's made such a difference.A: How do you like living hereB: Well, it's an interesting city. But you really need a car here; otherwise, you can't go anywhere. There used to be a good bus system, but there isn't anymore. A: Why is thatB: Oh, I think they expect everyone to have a car, so they don't bother to provide decent bus service. It's getting worse and worse. These days, you have to wait for ages for a bus. And when one finally shows up, it's usually full!A: I can't believe how much this neighborhood has changed!B: What do you meanA: Well, when Joe and I first bought this house-that was almost 20 years ago, of course-there were lots of young couples with little children living on this street.B: I don't see any kids out today.A: That's because they've all grown up and moved out of their parents' house. Just about the only young children we see around here these days are the grandchildren when they come to visit. It's gotten way too quiet around here. 1818v1.0 可编辑可修改Unit 10 I don't like working on weekends!A: Any interesting jobs listed on the Internet todayB: Well, there are a lot of retail jobs-selling clothes and stuff. But you have to work Saturdays and Sundays.A: Hmm. I hate working on weekendsB: Hmm… so do I. Oh, here's a job in sales. It's a job selling children's books to bookstores.A: That sounds interesting.B: Yeah. Let's see. You need to have a driver's license. And you have to work some evenings.A: I don't mind working evenings during the week. And I enjoy driving. So, what's the phone numberB: It's 7983455A: Delta Education.B: Hello. I'm calling about the job you advertised for a salesperson. Is it still availableA: Yes, it is.B: Well, can you tell me something about the jobA: Sure. Our company sells educational books for children. We're looking for part-time salespeople to promote our books to local bookstores.B: That sounds interesting. I'm a student, and I'm looking for part-time work. A: Well, perhapsyou'd like to come in for an interview.B: Yes, I would.A: Oh, just one thing we didn't mention in the advertisement. Some of our books are in Spanish, so we'd like to hire someone who speaks Spanish.1919v1.0 可编辑可修改B: Oh, as a matter of fact, I do.A: Good. Well, let me arrange a time for you to come in for an interview.A: So what kind of job are you looking forB: Well, I haven't made up my mind. I love working with people, and I love traveling. I don't want a job where I'm stuck in an office all day. I want to get out and see the world.A: Are you interested in working in business That's where you can sometimes make good money.B: I'm not really interested in making a lot of money at this point in my life. I'll worry about that laterA: What kind of career are you planning for yourselfB: I don't know. I think I'd like to have a job where I can help people. Everybody else in my family is in law or business-you know, boring stuff like that. That's just not for me. I know I'd like to work overseas, though. Maybe in a children's hospital in a developing country. But that's a long way away. I have to get into medical school first, and that's not going to be easy!A: What kind of job do I have in kind Well, I don't want a regular nine-to–five job. Eventually, I'd like to get into acting-maybe even break into movies. But I guess that won't happen for a while.B: So what are you doing in the meantimeA: Well, I work out at the gym nearly every day. I need to be really fit. And I'm taking acting lessons as well so that I feel comfortable in front of the crowd. I just had some pictures taken to show to agents in the city. Would you like to see themB: Sure.2020v1.0 可编辑可修改A bossA: How do you like your new bossB: She's OK. I just wish she'd learn to lighten up a little.A: What do you meanB: Oh, she never enjoys a joke. She never laughs. It's hard to even get a smile out of her.A Co-workerA: Look what Mary gave me! Isn't this a great bookB: Yeah, it is! Mary's so sweet-she's always giving her friends and co-workers presents. I wish there were more people like her in this world!A teacherA: What do you think of the new French teacherB: Well, she's king of strange. She's in a good mood one minute and in a terrible mood the next.A relativeA: Hey, what's wrongB: I'm fed up with my brother! It seems as if he's always angry at me something. A: ReallyB: Yeah. He gets up upset so easily. I don't know what's the matter with him.A: I don't know what classed to take this semester. I can't decide what I want to do with my life. Have you thought about it, BrendaB: Yes, I have. I think I'd make a good journalist because I love writing. A: Maybe I could be a。
成熙英语_中级班_听力脚本(新版)
成熙英语中级班听力脚本（剑桥二）1.Break the Ice(1)Oh,I’m really sorry:Ted: Oh, I'm really sorry. Are you OK?Ana: I'm fine. But I'm not very good at this.Ted: Neither am I. Say, are you from South America?Ana: Yes, I am originally. I was born in Argentina.Ted: Did you grow up there?Ana: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school.Ted: And where did you learn to rollarblade?Ana: Here in the park. This is only my s econd time.Ted: Well, it's my first time. Can you give me some lessons?Ana: Sure. Just follow me.Ted : By the way, my name is Ted.Ana: And I'm Ana. Nice to meet you.(2) Hey, hey! that was funTed: Hey, hey! that was fun. Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem. So, tell me a little about yourself. What do you do?Ted: I work in a travel agency.Ana: Really! What do you do there?Ted: I'm in charge of their computers.Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist.Ted: Well, sort of. Yeah, I guess so.Ana: That's great. Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course I'm taking. Ted: Oh, sure...But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons.Ana: It's a deal!(3) Yuhong the Immigrant.Interviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu Hong?Yu Hong: I'm from China...from near Shanghai.Interviewer: And when did you move here?Yu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college. That was in 1992.Interviewer: And what do you do now?Yu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer.Interviewer: I see. So you 're an immigrant to the United States.Yu Hong: Yes, that's right.Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the U.S.?Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer. There are so many things, really. I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here. I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing. In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives. It isn't the same here.Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from home?Yu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup. I really miss my mother'scooking.(4) Childhood Memories AA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kid?B: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house. When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer.A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah. We always had a great time. Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach. I have a great shell collection. In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid. But my parents threw them out!(5) Childhood Memories BA: You know what I remember most about growing up?B: What?A: Visiting my grandparent's house… you know, on holidays and stuff. They lived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie. He taught me how to ride. I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house. And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me.B: Ah, memories!2.Living Places(1) Living Places AA: The neighborhood sure has changed!B: What was this place like before, Grandpa?A: Well, there used to be a grocery store right here on this corner. Hmm. It was pretty quiet. Not many people lived here then.B: These days, the population is growing fast.A: Yeah. I bet they'll tear down all these old buildings soon. In a few years, there will be just malls and high-rise apartments.B: Hey, that doesn't sound too bad!A: No, but I'll miss the old days.(2) Living Places BA: Creative Rentals. Good morning.B: Hello. I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent.A: Yes. What can I tell you about it?B: Where is it, exactly?A: It's on King Street, just off the freeway.B: Oh, near the freeway. Can you hear the traffic?A: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some. But the apartment has lots of space. It has threebedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see. And is it in a new building?A: Well, the building is about fifty years old.B: Uh-huh. Well, I'll think about it.A: OK. Thanks for calling.B: Thank you. Bye(3) Living Places CA: Hello？B: Hello. Is the apartment you're advertising still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Can you tell me a little about it?A: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person. It's one room with a kitchen at one end.B: I see. And is it far away from the subway?A: There's a subway station just down the street. Actually, the apartment is located right downtown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere. But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise.B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for. I'd like to come see it, please.A: Sure. Let me give you the address.(4) Apartment Hunting AA: What do you think?B: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment. And the living room is huge.C: But the bedroom are too small. And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes.A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw.B: But that apartment was dark and dingy. And it was in a dangerous neighborhood.A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us.(5) Apartment Hunting BA: Well, how do you like this space, then?C: Oh, it's much better than that other one. The thing I like best is the bedrooms. They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big.C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could.C: The only problem is the color of the living room. I really don't like those dark green walls. A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to.3.Big Day(1) Halloween AA: Did you know next week is Halloween? It's on October 31B: So what do you do on Halloween? We don't have that holiday in Russia.A: Well, it's a day when kids dress up in masks and costumes. They knock on people's doors and ask for candy by saying words“Trick or treat!”B: Hmm. Sounds interesting.A: But it's not just for kids. Lots of people have costume parties. Hey… my friend Pete is having a party. Would you like to go?B: Sure. I'd love to.(2) Halloween BA: So are we going to wear costumes to the party?B: Of course. That's half the fun. Last year I rented this great Dracula costume, and this year I'm going as a clown.A: A clown? Yes, you would make a good clown.B: Hey!A: Oh, I'm just kidding. What about me? What kind of costume should I wear?B: Why don't you go as a witch? I saw a terrific witch outfit at the costume store.A: A witch… yeah, that's a good idea. So after I scare people, you can make them laugh. (3) Japanese Wedding AA: You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari. Is this your wedding photo?B: Yes, it is.A: Do most Japanese women wear kimonos when they get married?B: Yes, many of them do. Then after the wedding ceremony, the bride usually changes into a Western bridal dress during the reception.A: Oh, I didn't know that.(4) Japanese Wedding BA: Did you get married in a church, Mari?B: No, the ceremony was held at a shrine.A: Oh, a shrine…B: Yes, we were married by a priest in a traditional Shinto ceremony.A: Hmm. And who went to the ceremony?B: Well, only the immediate family attended the ceremony…you know, our parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters…A: And what about the reception? What was that like?B: Lots of friends and relatives came to the reception…about a hundred people. And the first thing happened was that the main guests gave formal speeches.A: Speeches?B: Yes, and then after that, all the guests were served a formal meal. While everyone was eating and drinking, lots of other guests gave short speeches or sang songs. Some of the speeches were funny.A: Sounds like fun!B: Yes, the songs and speeches are all part of the entertainment during a wedding reception. And then, at the end of the reception, each guest received a present for coming to the wedding.A: A present from the bride and groom?B: Yes, it's a Japanese custom.A: What a nice custom!plains and Excuses(1)Household Chores AA: Jason…Jason! Turn down the TV a little, please.B: Oh, but this is my favorite program!A: I know. But it's too loud.B: OK. I'll turn it down.A: That's better. Thanks.B: Lisa, please pick up your things.A: They're all over the living room floor.B: In a minute, Mom. I'm on the phone.A: OK. But do it as soon as you hang up.B: Sure. No problem.A: Goodness! Were we like this when we were kids?B: Definitely!(2) Household Chores BA: Have you noticed how forgetful Dad is getting? He's always forgetting where his car keys are. It drives me crazy.B: And he can never find his glasses either.A: I know.B: You know what drives me crazy about Mom?A: What?B: Those awful talk shows she watches on TV. She just loves them.A: Yeah, I think she watches them for hours everyday.B: Oh, well. I guess they're just getting old. I hope I never get like that.A: Me, too. Hey, let's go and play a video game.B: Great idea. By the way, have you seen my glasses anywhere?(3) Household Chores C[1]A: James, please turn that down…James!B: Yes, Mom?A: Turn that down. It's much too loud.B: Sorry, Mom. I had it turned up because I wanted to hear the game.[2]A: Molly, put the groceries away, please. There's ice cream in one of the bags.B: I can't right now, Dad. I'm doing my homework.[3]A: What's this, James!B: Yeah, Mom?A: Why are there all these wet towels on the bathroom floor? Please pick them up and hang them up to dry.B: Gosh, I'm really sorry, Mom. I forgot all about them.[4]A: Justin, come help me. We need to wash these dishes before your mother gets home.B: Oh, Dad. I'd like to help, but I have to call Laurie. It's really important.[5]A: Aimee, I think the dog is trying to tell you something!B: Well, I can't possibly take him out right now. I'm doing my nails(4) Apologies AA: Hi. I'm your new neighbor, George Rivera. I live next door.B: Oh, hi. I'm Stephanie Lee.A: So, you just moved in? Do you need anything?B: Not right now. But thanks.A: Well, let me know if you do. Um, by the way, would you mind turning your stereo down? The walls are really thin, so the sound goes right through to my apartment.B: Oh, I'm sorry! I didn't realize that. I'll make sure to keep the volume down. Oh, by the way, is there a good Italian restaurant in the neighborhood?A: Yeah. There's a great one a couple of blocks from here. Try their lasagna. It's delicious! (5)Apologies BA: Hello. I'm sorry to bother you, but I think your car is parked in my space downstairs.B: Really?A: Yes. Do you drive a blue Honda?B: Yes, I do.A: Well, there's a blue Honda parked in space 13 and that's my space.B: Oh, I'm so sorry. My son must have put it in the wrong space. Ours is the one right next to yours-number 12. Let me get my keys, and I'll go right down and move the car.A: Thanks.B: And I'll make sure my son doesn't do it again.A: I appreciate it.(6) Apologies CA: Gee, Bob, you're really late. You said you'd be here at six, and look at the time: It's almost six thirty!B: I'm really sorry. Tell you what: I'll pay for dinner.A: Oh, it's all right. You don't have to do that.B: No, I want to pay. You had to wait for me almost half an hour.A: Well, hey, OK-if you insist. Thanks!A: Hi, Sally. What happened to you on Sunday?B: Sunday? What do you mean?A: You don't remember? I had a party, and I invited you.B: Oh, gosh. Of course you did-and I completely forgot about it. I was busy all day helpingmy brother with his car, and I guess I just forgot. Sorry. How did the party go, anyway?A: It was great, but we missed you.B: Gee, now I really feel bad.5. Transportation(1)Transportation Problems AA: Why is there never a bus when you want one?B: Good question. There aren't enough buses on this route.A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper.B: Good idea. You should say that we need more subway lines, too.A: Yeah. There should be more public transportation in genral.B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic.A: Say, is that our bus coming?B: Yes, it is. But look. It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee. We can talk about this letter I'm going to write. (2) Transportation Problems BA: So you are really going to write a letter to the paper?B: Sure. I'm going to say something about the buses. They're too old. We need more modern buses… nice air-conditioned ones.B: And they need to put more buses on the road.A: Right. And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking.B: That's for sure. It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days.A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five.B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday. Hmm… that sounds like a really good idea.(3)Transportation Problems CA: How long have you been living here?B: Oh, for over twenty years.A: And have you noticed a lot of changes during that time?B: Oh, yes, quite a few. This is a much nicer place to live now than it used to be. It's much greener. When I first moved here, there weren't many trees around. But over the last few years, the city has planted trees everywhere. It's made such a difference.(4)Transportation Problems DA: How do you like living here?B: Well, it's an interesting city. But you really need a car here; otherwise, you can't go anywhere. There used to be a good bus system, but there isn't anymore.A: Why is that?B: Oh, I think they expect everyone to have a car, so they don't bother to provide decent bus service. It's getting worse and worse. These days, you have to wait for ages for a bus. And when one finally shows up, it's usually full!(5) Solution SingaporeQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore. For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district. They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield.Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars. People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car. And the number of certificates is limited. Not everyone can get one.There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singapore as it does in, say, the United States or Canada.The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system. Their subway system is one of the best in the world. And there is also a very good taxi and bus system.(6) Driving and Road Sings AA: Um, have you noticed that police car behind us?B: Oh, yeah.A: [Police siren] Oh, no! I'd better pull over.B: May I see your driver's license, please?A: Sure, of course. Did I do something wrong, Officer?B: Well, for one thing, you went over a double yellow line back there to pass a car.A: Oh.B: A double yellow line means” no passing.” You can only pass when there's a broken yellow line on your side.A: Oh.B: And another thing! You were in the left-turn-only lane, but you didn't turn! You went straight through the intersection instead.A: Oh, I guess I did, Officer,… but…B: Yes, you did! Don't you know that if there's a sign with an arrow pointing to the left, you have to turn left when you're in that lane?A: Oh, yeah, you're right-B: Of course, I'm right! My goodness! How did you ever pass your driving test and get a license?A: Gosh, I'm sorry, Officer.(7) Driving and Road Sings BA: You know, these highways are really great, but the road signs are pretty confusing.B: Hmm. What do these lines on the road mean?A: They must mean you aren't allowed to pass here.B: No. I don't think so. I'm going to pass this car in front of us. It's going too slow. Now, I wonder what that sign up ahead means.A: It may mean you've got to take a left in this lane.B: Or maybe it means you can turn left if you want to. I think I'll just go straight.6.Food and Cook(1)O rder Dishes AA:Hi.May I take your order?B:Yes.I’ll have a cup of coffee.A:Cream and sugar?B:Oh,yes,please.A:And you?C:I’d like a chicken sandwich.And I’ll have some chips…oh,you call them french fries here.right,I’ll have some french fries,please.A:All right.One coffee with cream and sugar and a chicken sandwich with french fries.Uh,anything else?C:Yes,I’d like an iced tea,please.A:One iced tea.Thank you.B:Oh,wait a minute!What kind of desserts do you have?A:Well,we have pie,cake,ice cream, chocolate mousse…B:Oooo!What kind of pie do you have?A:I think today we have apple,cherry,lemon…B:Hmm…I think I’ll have a piece of apple pie with my coffee.How about you,Tina?C:Oh,maybe I’ll have a piece later…or…I’ll have some of yours!A:Then it’s one coffee,one apple pie,one chicken sandwich,an order of french fries,and an iced tea.Right?B:Yes,thank you.C:Thanks.(2) Order Dishes BC:Oh,here comes our waiter!B:Yeah,I wondered what took so long.A:Whew!Here you are!C:Uh,I ordered french fries with my chicken sandwich,and you brought me…ugh!…mashed potatoes with gravy!A:Oh,you ordered french fries?C:Yes!A:Well,then,OK.B:Uh,and could I have the apple pie I ordered?A:What apple pie?Did you order apple pie?B:Uh-huh.Yeah,I did…with my coffee.Remember?A:Really?Gee,how did I forget that?C:Uh,can I ask you a question?A:Yes?C:How long have you been a waiter?A:Who me?Oh,uh,today is my first day.Well,I’ll…I’ll get your apple pie and the french fries right away.Sorry about that.B:Oh,that’s OK.C:Yeah,thanks.Good luck!A:Thanks!(3) Order Dishes C[1]A: Have you finished with this?B: No, I'm still drinking it. Thanks.[2]A: Did you order this?B: Yes, that's mine. Mmm, it looks great and smells delicious![3]A: Don't you like it?B: I haven't tasted it yet. I'm waiting for the waitress to bring me a fork.[4]A: Did you enjoy it?B: Well, it was a little tough. I think it was cooked for too long.[5]A: How is it?B: Great. Just the way I like it: black and strong.[6]A: Your turn or mine?B: It's my treat this time. You paid last time. Remember.(4) Cooking AA:What’s your favorite snack?B:Oh, it's a sandwich with peanut butter, honey, and banana. It's really delicious!A:Uh! I've never heard of that! How do you make it?B:Well, first, you take two slices of bread and spread peanut butter on them.Then cut a banana into small pieces and put themon one of the slices of bread. Finally, pour some honey over the bananas and put the other slice of bread on top. Yum!A:Yuck! It sounds awful!(5) Cooking BA:I’ll tell you what my favorite snack is-baked apple.B:Backed apple?A:Ah, it’s delicious and healthy.B: So, how do you make it?A:You take out the core of the apple with the apple corer.Then you fill the central of the apple with brown sugar and some raisins.Next, put it in a pan with a little water and bake it in the oven for about 45 minutes.B: Hmm, that does sound good.7. Travel and Tourism(1)T ravel Plans AA: I'm so excited! We have two weeks off! What are you going to do?B: I'm not sure. I guess I'll just stay home. Maybe I'll catch up on my reading. What about you? Any plans?A: Well, my parents have rented a condominium in Florida. I'm going to take long walks along the beach every day and do lots of swimming.B: Sounds great!A: Say, why don't you come with us? We have plenty of room.B: Do you mean it? I'd love to!(2)Travel Plans BA: What are your plans for the summer, Paul?B: Oh, I'd love to go and lie on a beach somewhere, but I need to save some money for school. I think I'll stay home and get a job.A: That doesn't sound like much fun.B: Oh, it won't be too bad. Some of my friends are going to work this summer, too, so we'll do some partying on the weekends.(3)Travel Plans CA: Have you planned anything for the summer, Brenda?B: Yeah. I'm going to work the first month and save some money. Then I'm going to go down to Mexico for six weeks to stay with my sister. She's working in Guadalajara. She says it's really interesting there, so I want to go and see what to go and see what it's like. It will also give me a chance to practice my Spanish. I'm really looking forward to it.(4) Preparation(5) Ask For Direction AA: Excuse me. Could you tell me where the bank is?B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop.A: Oh, thanks. Do you know what time it opens?B: It should be open now. It opens at 8:00A.M.A: Good. And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the city?B: You need to check at the transportation counter. It's right down the hall.A: OK. And just one more thing. Do you know where the nearest restroom is?B: Right behind you, ma'am. See that sign?A: Oh. Thanks a lot.(6) Ask For Direction BA: Excuse me. It's me again. I'm sorry. I need some more information-if you don't mind.B: Not at all.A: Thanks. Do you know how much a taxi costs to the city?B: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course. But it usually costs about forty dollars.A: Forty dollars? I guess I'll take the bus. That means I have almost an hour till the next one. Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport? Maybe a fast-food place?B: Go upstairs and turn right. You'll see the snack bar on your left.A: Thanks very much. Have a nice day.B: You, too.(7) Famous Landmarks AA: We are now approaching the famous Statue of Liberty, which has welcomed visitors to New YorkHarbor since 1886.B: Wow! Look at it.A: Incredible, isn't it?B: The statue was given to the United States by the people of France. It was designed by the French sculptor Bartholdi.A: It's really huge. Do we get to go inside?B: Of course. We can climb the stairs all the way up to the crown.A: Stairs? There's no elevator?B: Not to the top. But it's just 142 steps!(8) Famous Landmarks BLet me tell you a little more about the statue before you climb to the top. In case you're wondering what the statue is made of, it has a framework inside that's made of iron; the outer skin is made of copper. The copper skin is only 2.4 millimeters thick. The supporting framework inside the statue is what holds the whole thing together.The Statue of Liberty is a major tourist attraction, and every year about two million people from all over the world come here to visit it.(9) Ancient Monuments AThe Pyramids were built more than four thousand years ago by the Egyptians. The most famous ones are on the west bank of the river Nile, outside of Cairo. They served as burial places for the Egyptian kings. After a king's mummy was placed inside the pyramid, together with treasures and the king's belongings.(10) Ancient Monuments BThe Great Wall of China is the longest manmade structure ever built. It was built to protect one of the Chinese kingdoms. Much of what exists of the wall today was built during the Ming Dynasty in the late 1400s, although parts of the wall are much older and go back to around 200 B.C. The wall is about 35 feet high, or 11 meters, and a stone roadway runs along the top of it. The main part of the wall stretches for about 2,000 miles, that is, about 3,400 kilometers.8.Change,There Is No Better Way(1) Life in trouble AA: So where are you working now, Terry?B: Oh, I'm still at the bank. I don't like it, though.A: That's too bad. Why not?B: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well.A: I know what you mean. I don't like my job either. I wish I could find a better job.B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore. I wish I had a lot of money so I could retire now.A: Hmm, how old are you, Terry?B: Uh, twenty-six.(2) Life in trouble BA: So how are things going with you and Susie, Terry?B: Oh, you didn't know? She and I broke up a couple of months ago. We decided we needed a break from each other for a while. But I miss her a lot. I wish we could get back together again.A: I'm sure you will.B: I really hope so. So what kind of job would you like to look for?A: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city. I'm sick of this place. I need to live somewhere more exciting.B: I know what you mean. It sure can get boring around here at times.(3) I really need a change! AYeah, I really need a change. I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new. It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer. I think I need to try something totally different. I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people.(4)I really need a change! BI really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends. I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club. I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends.(5) I really need a change! CI should take a typing course this summer. I really need if it for my school work. And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life.(6) I really need a change! DGosh, I really have to go on a diet. I've gained ten pounds since last year, and everyone tells me I look fat. And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes.9. Career Development(1)P ersonality Traits AA: I don't know what classed to take this semester. I can't decide what I want to do with my life. Have you thought about it, Brenda?B: Yes, I have. I think I'd make a good journalist because I love writing.A: Maybe I could be a teacher because I'm very creative. And I like working with kids.B: Oh, I wouldn't want to be a teacher. I'm too inpatient.A: I know one thing I could never do.B: What's that?A: I could never be a stockbroker because I'm not good at making decisions quickly.(2)Personality Traits BA: My history professor says I should think about a career in politics. But I don't think I'd make a good politician.B: Why not, Brenda?A: Oh, you know me. I'm terrible at speaking in front of a lot of people-you know, like giving speeches and things. And politicians have to speak in public all the time.B: That's true. You know, that reminds me of a problem I'm having.A: What is it?B: You know my parents have a really successful restaurant, right? Well, my father wants me to be the manager.A: And you don't want go?B: No, not at all. I'd be a terrible manager. I'm much too disorganized(3) Job-hunting AA: Any interesting jobs listed on the Internet today?B: Well, there are a lot of retail jobs-selling clothes and stuff. But you have to work Saturdays and Sundays.A: Hmm. I hate working on weekendsB: Hmm… so do I. Oh, here's a job in sales. It's a job selling children's books to bookstores. A: That sounds interesting.B: Yeah. Let's see. You need to have a driver's license. And you have to work some evenings. A: I don't mind working evenings during the week. And I enjoy driving. So, what's the phone number?。
成熙英语 中级班 听力脚本
成熙英语中级班听力脚本(剑桥二)Unit 1(1) I'm really sorry:Ted: Oh, I'm really sorry、Are you OK?Ana: I'm fine、But I'm not very good at this、Ted: Neither am I、Say, are you from South America?Ana: Yes, I am originally、I was born in Argentina、Ted: Did you grow up there?Ana: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school、Ted: And where did you learn to rollarblade?Ana: Here in the park、This is only my second time、Ted: Well, it's my first time、Can you give me some lessons?Ana: Sure、Just follow me、Ted : By the way, my name is Ted、Ana: And I'm Ana、Nice to meet you、Hey, hey! that was funTed: Hey, hey! that was fun、Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem、So, tell me a little about yourself、What do you do?Ted: I work in a travel agency、Ana: Really! What do you do there?Ted: I'm in charge of their computers、Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist、Ted: Well, sort of、Yeah, I guess so、Ana: That's great、Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course I'm taking、Ted: Oh, sure、、、But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons、Ana: It's a deal!(2) Where are you from originally, Yu HongInterviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu Hong?Yu Hong: I'm from China、、、from near Shanghai、Interviewer: And when did you move here?Yu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college、That was in 1992、Interviewer: And what do you do now?Yu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer、Interviewer: I see、So you 're an immigrant to the United States、Yu Hong: Yes, that's right、Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the U、S、?Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer、There are so many things, really、I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here、I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing、In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives、It isn't the same here、Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from home?Yu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup、I really miss my mother's cooking、(3) Hey! Are these pictures of youA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kid?B: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house、When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer、A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah、We always had a great time、Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach、I have a great shell collection、In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid、But my parents threw them out!A: You know what I remember most about growing up?B: What?A: Visiting my grandparent's house…you know, on holidays and stuff、They lived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie、He taught me how to ride、I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house、And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me、B: Ah, memories!Unit 2(4) Why is there never a bus when you want one?A: Why is there never a bus when you want one?B: Good question、There aren't enough buses on this route、A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper、B: Good idea、You should say that we need more subway lines, too、A: Yeah、There should be more public transportation in genral、B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic、A: Say, is that our bus coming?B: Yes, it is、But look、It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee、We can talk about this letter I'm going to write、A: So you are really going to write a letter to the paper?B: Sure、I'm going to say something about the buses、They're too old、We need more modern buses…nice air-conditioned ones、B: And they need to put more buses on the road、A: Right、And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking、B: That's for sure、It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days、A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five、B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday、Hmm…that sounds like a really good idea、(5) Quite a number of thingsQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore、For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district、They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield、Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars、People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car、And the number of certificates is limited、Not everyone can get one、There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singapore as it does in, say, the United States or Canada、The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system、Their subway system is one of the best in the world、And there is also a very good taxi and bus system、(6) Excuse me、Could you tell meA: Excuse me、Could you tell me where the bank is?B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop、A: Oh, thanks、Do you know what time it opens?B: It should be open now、It opens at 8:00A、M、A: Good、And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the city?B: You need to check at the transportation counter、It's right down the hall、A: OK、And just one more thing、Do you know where the nearest restroom is?B: Right behind you, ma'am、See that sign?A: Oh、Thanks a lot、A: Excuse me、It's me again、I'm sorry、I need some more information-if you don't mind、B: Not at all、A: Thanks、Do you know how much a taxi costs to the city?B: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course、But it usually costs about forty dollars、A: Forty dollars? I guess I'll take the bus、That means I have almost an hour till the next one、Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport? Maybe a fast-food place? B: Go upstairs and turn right、You'll see the snack bar on your left、A: Thanks very much、Have a nice day、B: You, too、Unit 3(7) What do you think?A: What do you think?B: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment、And the living room is huge、C: But the bedroom are too small、And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes、A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw、B: But that apartment was dark and dingy、And it was in a dangerous neighborhood、A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us、A: Well, how do you like this space, then?C: Oh, it's much better than that other one、The thing I like best is the bedrooms、They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big、C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could、C: The only problem is the color of the living room、I really don't like those dark green walls、A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to、(8) Creative Rentals、A: Creative Rentals、Good morning、B: Hello、I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent、A: Yes、What can I tell you about it?B: Where is it, exactly?A: It's on King Street, just off the freeway、B: Oh, near the freeway、Can you hear the traffic?A: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some、But the apartment has lots of space、It has three bedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see、And is it in a new building?A: Well, the building is about fifty years old、B: Uh-huh、Well, I'll think about it、A: OK、Thanks for calling、B: Thank you、ByeA: Hello？B: Hello、Is the apartment you're advertising still available?A: Yes, it is、B: Can you tell me a little about it?A: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person、It's one room with a kitchen at one end、B: I see、And is it far away from the subway?A: There's a subway station just down the street、Actually, the apartment is located right downtown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere、But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise、B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for、I'd like to come see it, please、A: Sure、Let me give you the address、(9) So where are you working nowA: So where are you working now, Terry?B: Oh, I'm still at the bank、I don't like it, though、A: That's too bad、Why not?B: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well、A: I know what you mean、I don't like my job either、I wish I could find a better job、B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore、I wish I had a lot of money so I could retire now、A: Hmm, how old are you, Terry?B: Uh, twenty-six、A: So how are things going with you and Susie, Terry?B: Oh, you didn't know? She and I broke up a couple of months ago、We decided we needed a break from each other for a while、But I miss her a lot、I wish we could get back together again、A: I'm sure you will、B: I really hope so、So what kind of job would you like to look for?A: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city、I'm sick of this place、I need to live somewhere more exciting、B: I know what you mean、It sure can get boring around here at times、Yeah, I really need a change、I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new、It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer、I think I need to try something totally different、I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people、I really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends、I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club、I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends、I should take a typing course this summer、I really need if it for my school work、And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life、Gosh, I really have to go on a diet、I've gained ten pounds since last year, and everyone tells me I look fat、And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes、Unit 4(10) Hey, this sounds good-snailsA: Hey, this sounds good-snails with garlic! Have you ever eaten snails?B: No, I haven'tA: Oh, they're delicious! I had them last time、Like to try some?B: No, thanks、They sound strange、C: Have you decided on an appetizer yet?A: Yes、I'll have the snails, please、C: And you, sir?B: I think I'll have the fried brains、A: Fried brains? Now that really sound strange!A: Oh, good、Here comes the waitress now!C: Here are your snails, madam、And for you, sir…the fried brains、B: Thank you、A: Mmm, these snails are delicious! How are the brains?B: Well, I think they're…yuck! Oh, sorry, I guess brains are pretty strange after all、Um, I think I'm going to order something else, if you don't mind、A: Oh, sure、Go ahead、B: Miss! Excuse me, miss!C: Yes?B: Uh, I really don't care for this appetizer、Could you bring me something else?C: Yes, of course、What would you like instead?A: Try the snails、B: No, I don't think so、I'll tell you what、Just forget an appetizer for me, and bring me a nice, juicy hamburger…medium rare…with French fries and a large soda、(11) Have you finished with thisA: Have you finished with this?B: No, I'm still drinking it、Thanks、A: Did you order this?B: Yes, that's mine、Mmm, it looks great and smells delicious!A: Don't you like it?B: I haven't tasted it yet、I'm waiting for the waitress to bring me a fork、A: Did you enjoy it?B: Well, it was a little tough、I think it was cooked for too long、A: How is it?B: Great、Just the way I like it: black and strong、A: Your turn or mine?B: It's my treat this time、You paid last time、Remember、Unit 5(12) I'm so excited!A: I'm so excited! We have two weeks off! What are you going to do?B: I'm not sure、I guess I'll just stay home、Maybe I'll catch up on my reading、What about you? Any plans?A: Well, my parents have rented a condominium in Florida、I'm going to take long walks along the beach every day and do lots of swimming、B: Sounds great!A: Say, why don't you come with us? We have plenty of room、B: Do you mean it? I'd love to!A: So, what are you planning to do for your vacation, Judy?B: Oh, I'm doing something really exotic this year、You know, I went to Hawaii last year, and just stayed on the beach for two weeks、This year, I'm going white-water rafting!A: Ooh, that sounds great、But what is it, exactly?B: Oh, well, you know, it's in Colorado、They have all these trips down the rapids、The water gets really rough, but I think it'll be really exciting、Oh, I'm doing some rock climbing, too、A: And you call that a vacation?(12) What are your plans for the summerA: What are your plans for the summer, Paul?B: Oh, I'd love to go and lie on a beach somewhere, but I need to save some money for school、I think I'll stay home and get a job、A: That doesn't sound like much fun、B: Oh, it won't be too bad、Some of my friends are going to work this summer, too, so we'll do some partying on the weekends、A: Have you planned anything for the summer, Brenda?B: Yeah、I'm going to work the first month and save some money、Then I'm going to go down to Mexico for six weeks to stay with my sister、She's working in Guadalajara、She says it's really interesting there, so I want to go and see what to go and see what it's like、It will also give me a chance to practice my Spanish、I'm really looking forward to it、Unit 6 Sure、No problem!(13) Jason…Jason!A: Jason…Jason! Turn down the TV a little, please、B: Oh, but this is my favorite program!A: I know、But it's too loud、B: OK、I'll turn it down、A: That's better、Thanks、B: Lisa, please pick up your things、A: They're all over the living room floor、B: In a minute, Mom、I'm on the phone、A: OK、But do it as soon as you hang up、B: Sure、No problem、A: Goodness! Were we like this when we were kids?B: Definitely!A: Have you noticed how forgetful Dad is getting? He's always forgetting where his car keys are、It drives me crazy、B: And he can never find his glasses either、A: I know、B: You know what drives me crazy about Mom?A: What?B: Those awful talk shows she watches on TV、She just loves them、A: Yeah, I think she watches them for hours everyday、B: Oh, well、I guess they're just getting old、I hope I never get like that、A: Me, too、Hey, let's go and play a video game、B: Great idea、By the way, have you seen my glasses anywhere?A: James, please turn that down…James!B: Yes, Mom?A: Turn that down、It's much too loud、B: Sorry, Mom、I had it turned up because I wanted to hear the game、A: Molly, put the groceries away, please、There's ice cream in one of the bags、B: I can't right now, Dad、I'm doing my homework、A: What's this, James!B: Yeah, Mom?A: Why are there all these wet towels on the bathroom floor? Please pick them up and hang them up to dry、B: Gosh, I'm really sorry, Mom、I forgot all about them、A: Justin, come help me、We need to wash these dishes before your mother gets home、B: Oh, Dad、I'd like to help, but I have to call Laurie、It's really important、A: Aimee, I think the dog is trying to tell you something!B: Well, I can't possibly take him out right now、I'm doing my nails(14) Hi、I'm your new neighborA: Hi、I'm your new neighbor, George Rivera、I live next door、B: Oh, hi、I'm Stephanie Lee、A: So, you just moved in? Do you need anything?B: Not right now、But thanks、A: Well, let me know if you do、Um, by the way, would you mind turning your stereo down? The walls are really thin, so the sound goes right through to my apartment、B: Oh, I'm sorry! I didn't realize that、I'll make sure to keep the volume down、Oh, by the way, is there a good Italian restaurant in the neighborhood?A: Yeah、There's a great one a couple of blocks from here、Try their lasagna、It's delicious!A: Hello、I'm sorry to bother you, but I think your car is parked in my space downstairs、B: Really?A: Yes、Do you drive a blue Honda?B: Yes, I do、A: Well, there's a blue Honda parked in space 13 and that's my space、B: Oh, I'm so sorry、My son must have put it in the wrong space、Ours is the one right next to yours-number 12、Let me get my keys, and I'll go right down and move the car、A: Thanks、B: And I'll make sure my son doesn't do it again、A: I appreciate it、A: Gee, Bob, you're really late、You said you'd be here at six, and look at the time: It's almost six thirty!B: I'm really sorry、Tell you what: I'll pay for dinner、A: Oh, it's all right、You don't have to do that、B: No, I want to pay、You had to wait for me almost half an hour、A: Well, hey, OK-if you insist、Thanks!A: Hi, Sally、What happened to you on Sunday?B: Sunday? What do you mean?A: You don't remember? I had a party, and I invited you、B: Oh, gosh、Of course you did-and I completely forgot about it、I was busy all day helping my brother with his car, and I guess I just forgot、Sorry、How did the party go, anyway? A: It was great, but we missed you、B: Gee, now I really feel bad、Unit8(15)Did you know next week is Halloween?A: Did you know next week is Halloween? It's on October 31B: So what do you do on Halloween? We don't have that holiday in Russia、A: Well, it's a day when kids dress up in masks and costumes、They knock on people's doors and ask for candy by saying words“Trick or treat!”B: Hmm、Sounds interesting、A: But it's not just for kids、Lots of people have costume parties、Hey…my friend Pete is having a party、Would you like to go?B: Sure、I'd love to、A: So are we going to wear costumes to the party?B: Of course、That's half the fun、Last year I rented this great Dracula costume, and this year I'm going as a clown、A: A clown? Yes, you would make a good clown、B: Hey!A: Oh, I'm just kidding、What about me? What kind of costume should I wear?B: Why don't you go as a witch? I saw a terrific witch outfit at the costume store、A: A witch…yeah, that's a good idea、So after I scare people, you can make them laugh、(16)You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari、A: You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari、Is this your wedding photo?B: Yes, it is、A: Do most Japanese women wear kimonos when they get married?B: Yes, many of them do、Then after the wedding ceremony, the bride usually changes into a Western bridal dress during the reception、A: Oh, I didn't know that、A: Did you get married in a church, Mari?B: No, the ceremony was held at a shrine、A: Oh, a shrine…B: Yes, we were married by a priest in a traditional Shinto ceremony、A: Hmm、And who went to the ceremony?B: Well, only the immediate family attended the ceremony…you know, our parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters…A: And what about the reception? What was that like?B: Lots of friends and relatives came to the reception…about a hundred people、And the first thing happened was that the main guests gave formal speeches、A: Speeches?B: Yes, and then after that, all the guests were served a formal meal、While everyone was eating and drinking, lots of other guests gave short speeches or sang songs、Some of the speeches were funny、A: Sounds like fun!B: Yes, the songs and speeches are all part of the entertainment during a wedding reception、And then, at the end of the reception, each guest received a present for coming to the wedding、A: A present from the bride and groom?B: Yes, it's a Japanese custom、A: What a nice custom!Unit 9 Back to the futureA: Ugh! I feel awful、I really have to stop smoking、B: So why don't you quit?A: Well, if I quit, I might gain weight!B: A lot of people do, but、、、A: And if I gain weight, I won't be able to fit into any of clothes!B: Well, you can always go on a diet、A: Oh, no、I'm terrible at losing weight on diets、So if my clothes don't fit, I'll have to buy new ones、I'll have to get a part-time job, and、、、B: Listen, it is hard to quit, but it's not that hard、Do you want to know how I did it?A: Well, giving up smoking isn't really as hard as you think、I managed to do it, so it can't be that difficult、You should try nicotine gum、You chew it just like regular chewing gum, and you don't feel like smoking、B: Well, I guess it's worth a try、A: The neighborhood sure has changed!B: What was this place like before, Grandpa?A: Well, there used to be a grocery store right here on this corner、Hmm、It was pretty quiet、Not many people lived here then、B: These days, the population is growing fast、A: Yeah、I bet they'll tear down all these old buildings soon、In a few years, there will be just malls and high-rise apartments、B: Hey, that doesn't sound too bad!A: No, but I'll miss the old days、A: How long have you been living here?B: Oh, for over twenty years、A: And have you noticed a lot of changes during that time?B: Oh, yes, quite a few、This is a much nicer place to live now than it used to be、It's much greener、When I first moved here, there weren't many trees around、But over the last few years, the city has planted trees everywhere、It's made such a difference、A: How do you like living here?B: Well, it's an interesting city、But you really need a car here; otherwise, you can't go anywhere、There used to be a good bus system, but there isn't anymore、A: Why is that?B: Oh, I think they expect everyone to have a car, so they don't bother to provide decent bus service、It's getting worse and worse、These days, you have to wait for ages for a bus、And when one finally shows up, it's usually full!A: I can't believe how much this neighborhood has changed!B: What do you mean?A: Well, when Joe and I first bought this house-that was almost 20 years ago, of course-there were lots of young couples with little children living on this street、B: I don't see any kids out today、A: That's because they've all grown up and moved out of their parents' house、Just about the only young children we see around here these days are the grandchildren when they come to visit、It's gotten way too quiet around here、Unit 10 I don't like working on weekends!A: Any interesting jobs listed on the Internet today?B: Well, there are a lot of retail jobs-selling clothes and stuff、But you have to work Saturdays and Sundays、A: Hmm、I hate working on weekendsB: Hmm…so do I、Oh, here's a job in sales、It's a job selling children's books to bookstores、A: That sounds interesting、B: Yeah、Let's see、You need to have a driver's license、And you have to work some evenings、A: I don't mind working evenings during the week、And I enjoy driving、So, what's the phone number?B: It's 7983455A: Delta Education、B: Hello、I'm calling about the job you advertised for a salesperson、Is it still available? A: Yes, it is、B: Well, can you tell me something about the job?A: Sure、Our company sells educational books for children、We're looking for part-time salespeople to promote our books to local bookstores、B: That sounds interesting、I'm a student, and I'm looking for part-time work、A: Well, perhaps you'd like to come in for an interview、B: Yes, I would、A: Oh, just one thing we didn't mention in the advertisement、Some of our books are in Spanish, so we'd like to hire someone who speaks Spanish、B: Oh, as a matter of fact, I do、A: Good、Well, let me arrange a time for you to come in for an interview、A: So what kind of job are you looking for?B: Well, I haven't made up my mind、I love working with people, and I love traveling、I don't want a job where I'm stuck in an office all day、I want to get out and see the world、A: Are you interested in working in business? That's where you can sometimes make good money、B: I'm not really interested in making a lot of money at this point in my life、I'll worry about that laterA: What kind of career are you planning for yourself?B: I don't know、I think I'd like to have a job where I can help people、Everybody else in my family is in law or business-you know, boring stuff like that、That's just not for me、I know I'd like to work overseas, though、Maybe in a children's hospital in a developing country、But that's a long way away、I have to get into medical school first, and that's not going to be easy!A: What kind of job do I have in kind? Well, I don't want a regular nine-to–five job、Eventually, I'd like to get into acting-maybe even break into movies、But I guess that won't happen for a while、B: So what are you doing in the meantime?A: Well, I work out at the gym nearly every day、I need to be really fit、And I'm taking acting lessons as well so that I feel comfortable in front of the crowd、I just had some pictures taken to show to agents in the city、Would you like to see them?B: Sure、A bossA: How do you like your new boss?B: She's OK、I just wish she'd learn to lighten up a little、A: What do you mean?B: Oh, she never enjoys a joke、She never laughs、It's hard to even get a smile out of her、A Co-workerA: Look what Mary gave me! Isn't this a great book?B: Yeah, it is! Mary's so sweet-she's always giving her friends and co-workers presents、I wish there were more people like her in this world!A teacherA: What do you think of the new French teacher?B: Well, she's king of strange、She's in a good mood one minute and in a terrible mood the next、A relativeA: Hey, what's wrong?B: I'm fed up with my brother! It seems as if he's always angry at me something、A: Really?B: Yeah、He gets up upset so easily、I don't know what's the matter with him、A: I don't know what classed to take this semester、I can't decide what I want to do with my life、Have you thought about it, Brenda?B: Yes, I have、I think I'd make a good journalist because I love writing、A: Maybe I could be a teacher because I'm very creative、And I like working with kids、B: Oh, I wouldn't want to be a teacher、I'm too inpatient、A: I know one thing I could never do、B: What's that?A: I could never be a stockbroker because I'm not good at making decisions quickly、A: My history professor says I should think about a career in politics、But I don't think I'd make a good politician、B: Why not, Brenda?A: Oh, you know me、I'm terrible at speaking in front of a lot of people-you know, like giving speeches and things、And politicians have to speak in public all the time、B: That's true、You know, that reminds me of a problem I'm having、A: What is it?B: You know my parents have a really successful restaurant, right? Well, my father wants me to be the manager、A: And you don't want go?B: No, not at all、I'd be a terrible manager、I'm much too disorganizedUnit 11 It's really worth seeing!A: We are now approaching the famous Statue of Liberty, which has welcomed visitors to New YorkHarbor since 1886、。
成熙英语中级班听力脚本
成熙英语中级班听力脚本－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－. . . .成熙英语中级班听力脚本（剑桥二）Unit 1(1) I'm really sorry:T ed: Oh, I'm really sorry. Are you OK?Ana: I'm fine. But I'm not very good at this.T ed: Neither am I. Say, are you from South America?Ana: Yes, I am originally. I was born in Argentina.T ed: Did you grow up there?Ana: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school. T ed: And where did you learn to rollarblade?Ana: Here in the park. This is only my second time.T ed: Well, it's my first time. Can you give me some lessons?Ana: Sure. Just follow me.T ed : By the way, my name is T ed.Ana: And I'm Ana. Nice to meet you.Hey, hey! that was funT ed: Hey, hey! that was fun. Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem. So, tell me a little about yourself. What do you do?T ed: I work in a travel agency.Ana: Really! What do you do there?T ed: I'm in charge of their computers.Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist.T ed: Well, sort of. Yeah, I guess so.Ana: That's great. Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course I'm taking.T ed: Oh, sure...But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons. Ana: It's a deal!(2) Where are you from originally, Yu HongInterviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu Hong?Yu Hong: I'm from China...from near Shanghai.Interviewer: And when did you move here?Yu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college. That was in 1992. Interviewer: And what do you do now?Yu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer.Interviewer: I see. So you 're an immigrant to the United States.Yu Hong: Yes, that's right.Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the U.S.?Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer. There are so many things, really.I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here. I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing. In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives. It isn't the same here.. . 资.料. ... . . . Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from home?Yu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup. I really miss my mother's cooking.(3) Hey! Are these pictures of youA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kid?B: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house. When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer.A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah. We always had a great time. Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach.I have a great shell collection. In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid. But my parents threw them out!A: Y ou know what I remember most about growing up?B: What?A: Visiting my grandparent's house…you know, on holidays and stuff. They lived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie. He taught me how to ride. I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house. And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me.B: Ah, memories!Unit 2(4) Why is there never a bus when you want one?A: Why is there never a bus when you want one?B: Good question. There aren't enough buses on this route.A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper.B: Good idea. Y ou should say that we need more subway lines, too.A: Yeah. There should be more public transportation in genral.B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic.A: Say, is that our bus coming?B: Yes, it is. But look. It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee. We can talk about this letter I'm going to write.A: So you are really going to write a letter to the paper?B: Sure. I'm going to say something about the buses. They're too old. We need more modern buses…nice air-conditioned ones.B: And they need to put more buses on the road.A: Right. And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking. B: That's for sure. It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days.. . 资.料. ... . . . A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five.B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday. Hmm…that sounds like a really good idea.(5) Quite a number of thingsQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore. For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district. They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield.Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars. People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car. And the number of certificates is limited. Not everyone can get one.There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singapore as it does in, say, the United States or Canada.The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system. Theirsubway system is one of the best in the world. And there is also a very good taxi and bus system.(6) Excuse me. Could you tell meA: Excuse me. Could you tell me where the bank is?B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop.A: Oh, thanks. Do you know what time it opens?B: It should be open now. It opens at 8:00A.M.A: Good. And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the city?B: Y ou need to check at the transportation counter. It's right down the hall.A: OK. And just one more thing. Do you know where the nearest restroom is?B: Right behind you, ma'am. See that sign?A: Oh. Thanks a lot.A: Excuse me. It's me again. I'm sorry. I need some more information-if you don't mind.B: Not at all.A: Thanks. Do you know how much a taxi costs to the city?B: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course. But it usually costs about forty dollars. A: Forty dollars? I guess I'll take the bus. That means I have almost an hour till the next one. Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport? Maybe a fast-food place?B: Go upstairs and turn right. Y ou'll see the snack bar on your left.A: Thanks very much. Have a nice day.B: Y ou, too.Unit 3(7) What do you think?. . 资.料. ... . . . A: What do you think?B: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment. And the living room is huge.C: But the bedroom are too small. And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes.A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw.B: But that apartment was dark and dingy. And it was in a dangerous neighborhood. A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us.A: Well, how do you like this space, then?C: Oh, it's much better than that other one. The thing I like best is the bedrooms. They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big.C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could.C: The only problem is the color of the living room. I really don't like those dark green walls.A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to.(8) Creative Rentals.A: Creative Rentals. Good morning.B: Hello. I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent.A: Yes. What can I tell you about it?B: Where is it, exactly?A: It's on King Street, just off the freeway.B: Oh, near the freeway. Can you hear the traffic?A: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some. But the apartment has lots of space. It has three bedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see. And is it in a new building?A: Well, the building is about fifty years old.B: Uh-huh. Well, I'll think about it.A: OK. Thanks for calling.B: Thank you. ByeA: Hello？B: Hello. Is the apartment you're advertising still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Can you tell me a little about it?A: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person. It's one room with a kitchen at one end.B: I see. And is it far away from the subway?A: There's a subway station just down the street. Actually, the apartment is located right downtown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere. But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise.. . 资.料. ... . . . B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for. I'd like to come see it, please. A: Sure. Let me give you the address.(9) So where are you working nowA: So where are you working now, T erry?B: Oh, I'm still at the bank. I don't like it, though.A: That's too bad. Why not?B: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well.A: I know what you mean. I don't like my job either. I wish I could find a better job. B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore. I wish I had a lot of money so I could retire now.A: Hmm, how old are you, T erry?B: Uh, twenty-six.A: So how are things going with you and Susie, T erry?B: Oh, you didn't know? She and I broke up a couple of months ago. We decided we needed a break from each other for a while. But I miss her a lot. I wish we could get back together again.A: I'm sure you will.B: I really hope so. So what kind of job would you like to look for?A: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city. I'm sick of this place. I need to live somewhere more exciting.B: I know what you mean. It sure can get boring around here at times.Yeah, I really need a change. I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new. It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer. I think I need to try something totally different. I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people.I really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends. I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club. I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends.I should take a typing course this summer. I really need if it for my school work. And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life.Gosh, I really have to go on a diet. I've gained ten pounds since last year, and everyone tells me I look fat. And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes.Unit 4(10) Hey, this sounds good-snails . . 资.料. ..感谢阅读，欢迎大家下载使用！。
成熙英语_中级班_听力脚本(新版)
成熙英语_中级班_听力脚本(新版)成熙英语_中级班_听力脚本(新版)注意：本文为中级班听力脚本，全文配有录音。
请提前准备好听力设备，并保持良好的听力环境。
[录音开始]音频：Welcome to the Intermediate Class of Chengxi English! My name is Sarah, and today I will be your teacher for the listening comprehension session. In this class, we will practice our listening skills by listening to various dialogues and passages.Now, let's start with the first dialogue. Listen carefully and answer the following questions.Dialogue 1:Man: Good morning, Mary. How was your weekend?Woman: Good morning, John. It was great! I went hiking with my friends and enjoyed the beautiful scenery.Man: That sounds amazing! I had a relaxing weekend at home, watching movies and reading books.Question 1: What did Mary do during the weekend?Question 2: How did John spend his weekend?[录音播放完毕]请在听完对话后，根据所听内容回答以下问题。
1. What did Mary do during the weekend?2. How did John spend his weekend?[答案出现]1. Mary went hiking with her friends and enjoyed the beautiful scenery.2. John had a relaxing weekend at home, watching movies and reading books.[下一个对话]Dialogue 2:Woman: Hi, Mike. Did you watch the basketball game last night?Man: Yes, I did. It was an exciting match!Woman: Who won?Man: The Lakers won by a score of 105 to 98. It was a close game, but the Lakers managed to pull ahead in the last quarter.Question 1: What was the final score of the basketball game?Question 2: How did the Lakers perform in the game?[录音播放完毕]请在听完对话后，根据所听内容回答以下问题。
成熙英语中级班听力脚本-参考模板
成熙英语中级班听力脚本（剑桥二）Unit 1(1) I'm really sorry:Ted: Oh, I'm really sorry. Are you OK?Ana: I'm fine. But I'm not very good at this.Ted: Neither am I. Say, are you from South America?Ana: Yes, I am originally. I was born in Argentina.Ted: Did you grow up there?Ana: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school.Ted: And where did you learn to rollarblade?Ana: Here in the park. This is only my second time.Ted: Well, it's my first time. Can you give me some lessons?Ana: Sure. Just follow me.Ted : By the way, my name is Ted.Ana: And I'm Ana. Nice to meet you.Hey, hey! that was funTed: Hey, hey! that was fun. Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem. So, tell me a little about yourself. What do you do?Ted: I work in a travel agency.Ana: Really! What do you do there?Ted: I'm in charge of their computers.Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist.Ted: Well, sort of. Yeah, I guess so.Ana: That's great. Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course I'm taking. Ted: Oh, sure...But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons.Ana: It's a deal!(2) Where are you from originally, Yu HongInterviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu Hong?Yu Hong: I'm from China...from near Shanghai.Interviewer: And when did you move here?Yu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college. That was in 1992.Interviewer: And what do you do now?Yu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer.Interviewer: I see. So you 're an immigrant to the United States.Yu Hong: Yes, that's right.Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the U.S.?Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer. There are so many things, really. I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here. I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing. In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives. It isn't the same here.Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from home?Yu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup. I really miss my mother's cooking.(3) Hey! Are these pictures of youA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kid?B: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house. When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer.A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah. We always had a great time. Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach. I have a great shell collection. In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid. But my parents threw them out!A: You know what I remember most about growing up?B: What?A: Visiting my grandparent's house…you know, on holidays and stuff. They lived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie. He taught me how to ride. I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house. And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me.B: Ah, memories!Unit 2(4) Why is there never a bus when you want one?A: Why is there never a bus when you want one?B: Good question. There aren't enough buses on this route.A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper.B: Good idea. You should say that we need more subway lines, too.A: Yeah. There should be more public transportation in genral.B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic.A: Say, is that our bus coming?B: Yes, it is. But look. It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee. We can talk about this letter I'm going to write.A: So you are really going to write a letter to the paper?B: Sure. I'm going to say something about the buses. They're too old. We need more modern buses…nice air-conditioned ones.B: And they need to put more buses on the road.A: Right. And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking.B: That's for sure. It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days.A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five.B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday. Hmm…that sounds like a really good idea.(5) Quite a number of thingsQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore. For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district. They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield.Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars. People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car. And the number of certificates is limited. Not everyone can get one.There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singapore as it does in, say, the United States or Canada.The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system. Their subway system is one of the best in the world. And there is also a very good taxi and bus system.(6) Excuse me. Could you tell meA: Excuse me. Could you tell me where the bank is?B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop.A: Oh, thanks. Do you know what time it opens?B: It should be open now. It opens at 8:00A.M.A: Good. And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the city?B: You need to check at the transportation counter. It's right down the hall.A: OK. And just one more thing. Do you know where the nearest restroom is?B: Right behind you, ma'am. See that sign?A: Oh. Thanks a lot.A: Excuse me. It's me again. I'm sorry. I need some more information-if you don't mind.B: Not at all.A: Thanks. Do you know how much a taxi costs to the city?B: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course. But it usually costs about forty dollars.A: Forty dollars? I guess I'll take the bus. That means I have almost an hour till the next one. Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport? Maybe a fast-food place?B: Go upstairs and turn right. You'll see the snack bar on your left.A: Thanks very much. Have a nice day.B: You, too.Unit 3(7) What do you think?A: What do you think?B: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment. And the living room is huge.C: But the bedroom are too small. And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes.A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw.B: But that apartment was dark and dingy. And it was in a dangerous neighborhood.A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us.A: Well, how do you like this space, then?C: Oh, it's much better than that other one. The thing I like best is the bedrooms. They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big.C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could.C: The only problem is the color of the living room. I really don't like those dark green walls. A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to.(8) Creative Rentals.A: Creative Rentals. Good morning.B: Hello. I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent.A: Yes. What can I tell you about it?B: Where is it, exactly?A: It's on King Street, just off the freeway.B: Oh, near the freeway. Can you hear the traffic?A: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some. But the apartment has lots of space. It has three bedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see. And is it in a new building?A: Well, the building is about fifty years old.B: Uh-huh. Well, I'll think about it.A: OK. Thanks for calling.B: Thank you. ByeA: Hello？B: Hello. Is the apartment you're advertising still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Can you tell me a little about it?A: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person. It's one room with a kitchen at one end.B: I see. And is it far away from the subway?A: There's a subway station just down the street. Actually, the apartment is located right downtown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere. But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise.B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for. I'd like to come see it, please.A: Sure. Let me give you the address.(9) So where are you working nowA: So where are you working now, Terry?B: Oh, I'm still at the bank. I don't like it, though.A: That's too bad. Why not?B: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well.A: I know what you mean. I don't like my job either. I wish I could find a better job.B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore. I wish I had a lot of money so I could retire now.A: Hmm, how old are you, Terry?B: Uh, twenty-six.A: So how are things going with you and Susie, Terry?B: Oh, you didn't know? She and I broke up a couple of months ago. We decided we needed a break from each other for a while. But I miss her a lot. I wish we could get back together again.A: I'm sure you will.B: I really hope so. So what kind of job would you like to look for?A: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city. I'm sick of this place. I need to live somewhere more exciting.B: I know what you mean. It sure can get boring around here at times.Yeah, I really need a change. I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new. It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer. I think I need to try something totally different. I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people.I really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends. I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club. I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends.I should take a typing course this summer. I really need if it for my school work. And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life.Gosh, I really have to go on a diet. I've gained ten pounds since last year, and everyone tells me I look fat. And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes.Unit 4(10) Hey, this sounds good-snailsA: Hey, this sounds good-snails with garlic! Have you ever eaten snails?B: No, I haven'tA: Oh, they're delicious! I had them last time. Like to try some?B: No, thanks. They sound strange.C: Have you decided on an appetizer yet?A: Yes. I'll have the snails, please.C: And you, sir?B: I think I'll have the fried brains.A: Fried brains? Now that really sound strange!A: Oh, good. Here comes the waitress now!C: Here are your snails, madam. And for you, sir…the fried brains.B: Thank you.A: Mmm, these snails are delicious! How are the brains?B: Well, I think they're…yuck! Oh, sorry, I guess brains are pretty strange after all. Um, I think I'm going to order something else, if you don't mind.A: Oh, sure. Go ahead.B: Miss! Excuse me, miss!C: Yes?B: Uh, I really don't care for this appetizer. Could you bring me something else?C: Yes, of course. What would you like instead?A: Try the snails.B: No, I don't think so. I'll tell you what. Just forget an appetizer for me, and bring me a nice, juicy hamburger…medium rare…with French fries and a large soda.(11) Have you finished with thisA: Have you finished with this?B: No, I'm still drinking it. Thanks.A: Did you order this?B: Yes, that's mine. Mmm, it looks great and smells delicious!A: Don't you like it?B: I haven't tasted it yet. I'm waiting for the waitress to bring me a fork.A: Did you enjoy it?B: Well, it was a little tough. I think it was cooked for too long.A: How is it?B: Great. Just the way I like it: black and strong.A: Your turn or mine?B: It's my treat this time. You paid last time. Remember.Unit 5(12) I'm so excited!A: I'm so excited! We have two weeks off! What are you going to do?B: I'm not sure. I guess I'll just stay home. Maybe I'll catch up on my reading. What about you? Any plans?A: Well, my parents have rented a condominium in Florida. I'm going to take long walks along the beach every day and do lots of swimming.B: Sounds great!A: Say, why don't you come with us? We have plenty of room.B: Do you mean it? I'd love to!A: So, what are you planning to do for your vacation, Judy?B: Oh, I'm doing something really exotic this year. You know, I went to Hawaii last year, and just stayed on the beach for two weeks. This year, I'm going white-water rafting!A: Ooh, that sounds great. But what is it, exactly?B: Oh, well, you know, it's in Colorado. They have all these trips down the rapids. The water gets really rough, but I think it'll be really exciting. Oh, I'm doing some rock climbing, too. A: And you call that a vacation?(12) What are your plans for the summerA: What are your plans for the summer, Paul?B: Oh, I'd love to go and lie on a beach somewhere, but I need to save some money for school.I think I'll stay home and get a job.A: That doesn't sound like much fun.B: Oh, it won't be too bad. Some of my friends are going to work this summer, too, so we'll do some partying on the weekends.A: Have you planned anything for the summer, Brenda?B: Yeah. I'm going to work the first month and save some money. Then I'm going to go down to Mexico for six weeks to stay with my sister. She's working in Guadalajara. She says it's really interesting there, so I want to go and see what to go and see what it's like. It will also give me a chance to practice my Spanish. I'm really looking forward to it.Unit 6 Sure. No problem!(13) Jason…Jason!A: Jason…Jason! Turn down the TV a little, please.B: Oh, but this is my favorite program!A: I know. But it's too loud.B: OK. I'll turn it down.A: That's better. Thanks.B: Lisa, please pick up your things.A: They're all over the living room floor.B: In a minute, Mom. I'm on the phone.A: OK. But do it as soon as you hang up.B: Sure. No problem.A: Goodness! Were we like this when we were kids?B: Definitely!A: Have you noticed how forgetful Dad is getting? He's always forgetting where his car keys are. It drives me crazy.B: And he can never find his glasses either.A: I know.B: You know what drives me crazy about Mom?A: What?B: Those awful talk shows she watches on TV. She just loves them.A: Yeah, I think she watches them for hours everyday.B: Oh, well. I guess they're just getting old. I hope I never get like that.A: Me, too. Hey, let's go and play a video game.B: Great idea. By the way, have you seen my glasses anywhere?A: James, please turn that down…James!B: Yes, Mom?A: Turn that down. It's much too loud.B: Sorry, Mom. I had it turned up because I wanted to hear the game.A: Molly, put the groceries away, please. There's ice cream in one of the bags.B: I can't right now, Dad. I'm doing my homework.A: What's this, James!B: Yeah, Mom?A: Why are there all these wet towels on the bathroom floor? Please pick them up and hang them up to dry.B: Gosh, I'm really sorry, Mom. I forgot all about them.A: Justin, come help me. We need to wash these dishes before your mother gets home.B: Oh, Dad. I'd like to help, but I have to call Laurie. It's really important.A: Aimee, I think the dog is trying to tell you something!B: Well, I can't possibly take him out right now. I'm doing my nails(14) Hi. I'm your new neighborA: Hi. I'm your new neighbor, George Rivera. I live next door.B: Oh, hi. I'm Stephanie Lee.A: So, you just moved in? Do you need anything?B: Not right now. But thanks.A: Well, let me know if you do. Um, by the way, would you mind turning your stereo down? The walls are really thin, so the sound goes right through to my apartment.B: Oh, I'm sorry! I didn't realize that. I'll make sure to keep the volume down. Oh, by the way, is there a good Italian restaurant in the neighborhood?A: Yeah. There's a great one a couple of blocks from here. Try their lasagna. It's delicious!A: Hello. I'm sorry to bother you, but I think your car is parked in my space downstairs.B: Really?A: Yes. Do you drive a blue Honda?B: Yes, I do.A: Well, there's a blue Honda parked in space 13 and that's my space.B: Oh, I'm so sorry. My son must have put it in the wrong space. Ours is the one right next to yours-number 12. Let me get my keys, and I'll go right down and move the car.A: Thanks.B: And I'll make sure my son doesn't do it again.A: I appreciate it.A: Gee, Bob, you're really late. You said you'd be here at six, and look at the time: It's almost six thirty!B: I'm really sorry. Tell you what: I'll pay for dinner.A: Oh, it's all right. You don't have to do that.B: No, I want to pay. You had to wait for me almost half an hour.A: Well, hey, OK-if you insist. Thanks!A: Hi, Sally. What happened to you on Sunday?B: Sunday? What do you mean?A: You don't remember? I had a party, and I invited you.B: Oh, gosh. Of course you did-and I completely forgot about it. I was busy all day helping my brother with his car, and I guess I just forgot. Sorry. How did the party go, anyway?A: It was great, but we missed you.B: Gee, now I really feel bad.Unit8(15)Did you know next week is Halloween?A: Did you know next week is Halloween? It's on October 31B: So what do you do on Halloween? We don't have that holiday in Russia.A: Well, it's a day when kids dress up in masks and costumes. They knock on people's doors and ask for candy by saying words“Trick or treat!”B: Hmm. Sounds interesting.A: But it's not just for kids. Lots of people have costume parties. Hey…my friend Pete is having a party. Would you like to go?B: Sure. I'd love to.A: So are we going to wear costumes to the party?B: Of course. That's half the fun. Last year I rented this great Dracula costume, and this year I'm going as a clown.A: A clown? Yes, you would make a good clown.B: Hey!A: Oh, I'm just kidding. What about me? What kind of costume should I wear?B: Why don't you go as a witch? I saw a terrific witch outfit at the costume store.A: A witch…yeah, that's a good idea. So after I scare people, you can make them laugh.(16)You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari.A: You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari. Is this your wedding photo?B: Yes, it is.A: Do most Japanese women wear kimonos when they get married?B: Yes, many of them do. Then after the wedding ceremony, the bride usually changes into aWestern bridal dress during the reception.A: Oh, I didn't know that.A: Did you get married in a church, Mari?B: No, the ceremony was held at a shrine.A: Oh, a shrine…B: Yes, we were married by a priest in a traditional Shinto ceremony.A: Hmm. And who went to the ceremony?B: Well, only the immediate family attended the ceremony…you know, our parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters…A: And what about the reception? What was that like?B: Lots of friends and relatives came to the reception…about a hundred people. And the first thing happened was that the main guests gave formal speeches.A: Speeches?B: Yes, and then after that, all the guests were served a formal meal. While everyone was eating and drinking, lots of other guests gave short speeches or sang songs. Some of the speeches were funny.A: Sounds like fun!B: Yes, the songs and speeches are all part of the entertainment during a wedding reception. And then, at the end of the reception, each guest received a present for coming to the wedding.A: A present from the bride and groom?B: Yes, it's a Japanese custom.A: What a nice custom!Unit 9 Back to the futureA: Ugh! I feel awful. I really have to stop smoking.B: So why don't you quit?A: Well, if I quit, I might gain weight!B: A lot of people do, but...A: And if I gain weight, I won't be able to fit into any of clothes!B: Well, you can always go on a diet.A: Oh, no. I'm terrible at losing weight on diets. So if my clothes don't fit, I'll have to buy new ones. I'll have to get a part-time job, and...B: Listen, it is hard to quit, but it's not that hard. Do you want to know how I did it?A: Well, giving up smoking isn't really as hard as you think. I managed to do it, so it can't be that difficult. You should try nicotine gum. You chew it just like regular chewing gum, and you don't feel like smoking.B: Well, I guess it's worth a try.A: The neighborhood sure has changed!B: What was this place like before, Grandpa?A: Well, there used to be a grocery store right here on this corner. Hmm. It was pretty quiet. Not many people lived here then.B: These days, the population is growing fast.A: Yeah. I bet they'll tear down all these old buildings soon. In a few years, there will be just malls and high-rise apartments.B: Hey, that doesn't sound too bad!A: No, but I'll miss the old days.A: How long have you been living here?B: Oh, for over twenty years.A: And have you noticed a lot of changes during that time?B: Oh, yes, quite a few. This is a much nicer place to live now than it used to be. It's much greener. When I first moved here, there weren't many trees around. But over the last few years, the city has planted trees everywhere. It's made such a difference.A: How do you like living here?B: Well, it's an interesting city. But you really need a car here; otherwise, you can't go anywhere. There used to be a good bus system, but there isn't anymore.A: Why is that?B: Oh, I think they expect everyone to have a car, so they don't bother to provide decent bus service. It's getting worse and worse. These days, you have to wait for ages for a bus. And when one finally shows up, it's usually full!A: I can't believe how much this neighborhood has changed!B: What do you mean?A: Well, when Joe and I first bought this house-that was almost 20 years ago, of course-there were lots of young couples with little children living on this street.B: I don't see any kids out today.A: That's because they've all grown up and moved out of their parents' house. Just about the only young children we see around here these days are the grandchildren when they come to visit. It's gotten way too quiet around here.Unit 10 I don't like working on weekends!A: Any interesting jobs listed on the Internet today?B: Well, there are a lot of retail jobs-selling clothes and stuff. But you have to work Saturdays and Sundays.A: Hmm. I hate working on weekendsB: Hmm…so do I. Oh, here's a job in sales. It's a job selling children's books to bookstores. A: That sounds interesting.B: Yeah. Let's see. You need to have a driver's license. And you have to work some evenings. A: I don't mind working evenings during the week. And I enjoy driving. So, what's the phone number?B: It's 7983455A: Delta Education.B: Hello. I'm calling about the job you advertised for a salesperson. Is it still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Well, can you tell me something about the job?A: Sure. Our company sells educational books for children. We're looking for part-time salespeople to promote our books to local bookstores.B: That sounds interesting. I'm a student, and I'm looking for part-time work.A: Well, perhaps you'd like to come in for an interview.B: Yes, I would.A: Oh, just one thing we didn't mention in the advertisement. Some of our books are in Spanish, so we'd like to hire someone who speaks Spanish.B: Oh, as a matter of fact, I do.A: Good. Well, let me arrange a time for you to come in for an interview.A: So what kind of job are you looking for?B: Well, I haven't made up my mind. I love working with people, and I love traveling. I don't want a job where I'm stuck in an office all day. I want to get out and see the world.A: Are you interested in working in business? That's where you can sometimes make good money.B: I'm not really interested in making a lot of money at this point in my life. I'll worry about that laterA: What kind of career are you planning for yourself?B: I don't know. I think I'd like to have a job where I can help people. Everybody else in my family is in law or business-you know, boring stuff like that. That's just not for me. I know I'd like to work overseas, though. Maybe in a children's hospital in a developing country. But that's a long way away. I have to get into medical school first, and that's not going to be easy!A: What kind of job do I have in kind? Well, I don't want a regular nine-to–five job. Eventually, I'd like to get into acting-maybe even break into movies. But I guess that won't happen for a while.B: So what are you doing in the meantime?A: Well, I work out at the gym nearly every day. I need to be really fit. And I'm taking acting lessons as well so that I feel comfortable in front of the crowd. I just had some pictures taken to show to agents in the city. Would you like to see them?B: Sure.A bossA: How do you like your new boss?B: She's OK. I just wish she'd learn to lighten up a little.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, she never enjoys a joke. She never laughs. It's hard to even get a smile out of her.A Co-workerA: Look what Mary gave me! Isn't this a great book?B: Yeah, it is! Mary's so sweet-she's always giving her friends and co-workers presents. I wish there were more people like her in this world!A teacherA: What do you think of the new French teacher?B: Well, she's king of strange. She's in a good mood one minute and in a terrible mood the next.A relativeA: Hey, what's wrong?B: I'm fed up with my brother! It seems as if he's always angry at me something.A: Really?B: Yeah. He gets up upset so easily. I don't know what's the matter with him.A: I don't know what classed to take this semester. I can't decide what I want to do with my life. Have you thought about it, Brenda?B: Yes, I have. I think I'd make a good journalist because I love writing.A: Maybe I could be a teacher because I'm very creative. And I like working with kids.B: Oh, I wouldn't want to be a teacher. I'm too inpatient.A: I know one thing I could never do.B: What's that?A: I could never be a stockbroker because I'm not good at making decisions quickly.A: My history professor says I should think about a career in politics. But I don't think I'd make a good politician.B: Why not, Brenda?A: Oh, you know me. I'm terrible at speaking in front of a lot of people-you know, like giving speeches and things. And politicians have to speak in public all the time.B: That's true. You know, that reminds me of a problem I'm having.A: What is it?B: You know my parents have a really successful restaurant, right? Well, my father wants me to be the manager.A: And you don't want go?B: No, not at all. I'd be a terrible manager. I'm much too disorganizedUnit 11 It's really worth seeing!A: We are now approaching the famous Statue of Liberty, which has welcomed visitors to New YorkHarbor since 1886.B: Wow! Look at it.A: Incredible, isn't it?B: The statue was given to the United States by the people of France. It was designed by the French sculptor Bartholdi.A: It's really huge. Do we get to go inside?B: Of course. We can climb the stairs all the way up to the crown.。
最新成熙英语_中级班_听力脚本演示教学
Unit 1(1) I'm really sorry:Ted: Oh, I'm really sorry. Are you OK?Ana: I'm fine. But I'm not very good at this.Ted: Neither am I. Say, are you from South America?Ana: Yes, I am originally. I was born in Argentina.Ted: Did you grow up there?Ana: Yes, I did, but my family moved here eight years ago when I was in high school.Ted: And where did you learn to rollarblade?Ana: Here in the park. This is only my second time.Ted: Well, it's my first time. Can you give me some lessons?Ana: Sure. Just follow me.Ted : By the way, my name is Ted.Ana: And I'm Ana. Nice to meet you.Hey, hey! that was funTed: Hey, hey! that was fun. Thank you for the lesson!Ana: No problem. So, tell me a little about yourself. What do you do?Ted: I work in a travel agency.Ana: Really! What do you do there?Ted: I'm in charge of their computers.Ana: Oh, so you're a computer specialist.Ted: Well, sort of. Yeah, I guess so.Ana: That's great. Then maybe you can give me some help with a computer course I'm taking. Ted: Oh, sure...But only if you promise to give me some more rollarblading lessons.Ana: It's a deal!(2) Where are you from originally, Yu HongInterviewer: Where are you from originally, Yu Hong?Yu Hong: I'm from China...from near Shanghai.Interviewer: And when did you move here?Yu Hong: I came here after I graduated from college. That was in 1992.Interviewer: And what do you do now?Yu Hong: I'm a transportation engineer.Interviewer: I see. So you 're an immigrant to the United States.Yu Hong: Yes, that's right.Interviewer: What are some of difficulties of being an immigrant in the U.S.?Yu Hong: Oh, that's not an easy question to answer. There are so many things, really. I guess one of the biggest difficulties is that I don't have any relatives here. I mean, I have a lot of friends, but that's not the same thing. In China, on the holidays or the weekend, we visit relatives. It isn't the same here.Interviewer: And what do you miss the most from home?Yu Hong: Oh, that's easy: my mom's soup! She makes great soup. I really miss my mother's cooking.(3) Hey! Are these pictures of youA: Hey! Are these pictures of you when you were a kid?B: Yeah! That's me in front of my uncle's beach house. When I was a kid, we used to spend two weeks every summer.A: Wow, I bet that was fun!B: Yeah. We always had a great time. Every day we used to get up early and walk along the beach. I have a great shell collection. In fact, I think it's still up in the attic!A: Hey, I used to collect shells, too, when I was a kid. But my parents threw them out!A: You know what I remember most about growing up?B: What?A: Visiting my grandparent's house…you know, on holidays and stuff. They lived way out in the country, and my granddad had a horse named Blackie. He taught me how to ride. I just love that horse-and she loved me, too! I used to really enjoy spending time at my grandparent's house. And every time I came back, Blackie remembered me.B: Ah, memories!Unit 2(4) Why is there never a bus when you want one?A: Why is there never a bus when you want one?B: Good question. There aren't enough buses on this route.A: Sometimes I feel like writing a letter to the paper.B: Good idea. You should say that we need more subway lines, too.A: Yeah. There should be more public transportation in genral.B: And fewer cars! There's too much traffic.A: Say, is that our bus coming?B: Yes, it is. But look. It's full!A: Oh, no! Let's go and get a cup of coffee. We can talk about this letter I'm going to write.A: So you are really going to write a letter to the paper?B: Sure. I'm going to say something about the buses. They're too old. We need more modern buses…nice air-conditioned ones.B: And they need to put more buses on the road.A: Right. And there are too many cars downtown, and there isn't enough parking.B: That's for sure. It's impossible to find a parking space downtown these days.A: I think they should ban private cars downtown between nine and five.B: Oh, you mean they shouldn't allow any cars except taxis and buses during the regular workday. Hmm…that sounds like a really good idea.(5) Quite a number of thingsQuite a number of things have been done to help solve traffic problems in Singapore. For example, motorists must buy a special pass if they want to drive into the downtown business district. They can go into the business district only if they have the pass displayed on their windshield.Another thing Singapore has done is to make it more difficult to buy cars. People have to apply for a certificate if they want to buy a car. And the number of certificates is limited. Not everyone can get one.There is also a high tax on cars, so it costs three or four times as much to buy a car in Singapore as it does in, say, the United States or Canada.The other thing Singapore has done is to build an excellent pubic transportation system. Their subway system is one of the best in the world. And there is also a very good taxi and bus system.(6) Excuse me. Could you tell meA: Excuse me. Could you tell me where the bank is?B: There's one upstairs, across from the duty-free shop.A: Oh, thanks. Do you know what time it opens?B: It should be open now. It opens at 8:00A.M.A: Good. And can you tell me how often the buses leave for the city?B: You need to check at the transportation counter. It's right down the hall.A: OK. And just one more thing. Do you know where the nearest restroom is?B: Right behind you, ma'am. See that sign?A: Oh. Thanks a lot.A: Excuse me. It's me again. I'm sorry. I need some more information-if you don't mind.B: Not at all.A: Thanks. Do you know how much a taxi costs to the city?B: Well, it depends on the traffic, of course. But it usually costs about forty dollars.A: Forty dollars? I guess I'll take the bus. That means I have almost an hour till the next one. Where could I find an inexpensive restaurant in the airport? Maybe a fast-food place?B: Go upstairs and turn right. You'll see the snack bar on your left.A: Thanks very much. Have a nice day.B: You, too.Unit 3(7) What do you think?A: What do you think?B: Well, it has just as many bedroom as the last apartment. And the living room is huge.C: But the bedroom are too small. And there isn't enough closet space for my clothes.A: And it's not as cheap as the last apartment we saw.B: But that apartment was dark and dingy. And it was in a dangerous neighborhood.A: Let's see if the real estate agent has something else to show us.A: Well, how do you like this space, then?C: Oh, it's much better than that other one. The thing I like best is the bedrooms. They are too huge!B: Yes, they are nice and big.C: And there are two bathrooms! I could have my own bathroom!B: Yes, I guess you could.C: The only problem is the color of the living room. I really don't like those dark green walls. A: Oh, I'm sure we can change the color if we want to.(8) Creative Rentals.A: Creative Rentals. Good morning.B: Hello. I'm calling about the apartment you have for rent.A: Yes. What can I tell you about it?B: Where is it, exactly?A: It's on King Street, just off the freeway.B: Oh, near the freeway. Can you hear the traffic?A: Yes, I'm afraid you do hear some. But the apartment has lots of space. It has three bedrooms and a very large living roomB: I see. And is it in a new building?A: Well, the building is about fifty years old.B: Uh-huh. Well, I'll think about it.A: OK. Thanks for calling.B: Thank you. ByeA: Hello？B: Hello. Is the apartment you're advertising still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Can you tell me a little about it?A: Well, it's a perfect apartment for one person. It's one room with a kitchen at one end.B: I see. And is it far away from the subway?A: There's a subway station just down the street. Actually, the apartment is located right downtown, so you step out of the building and there are stores and restaurants everywhere. But it's on a high floor, so you don't hear any street or traffic noise.B: It sounds like just the kind of place I'm looking for. I'd like to come see it, please.A: Sure. Let me give you the address.(9) So where are you working nowA: So where are you working now, Terry?B: Oh, I'm still at the bank. I don't like it, though.A: That's too bad. Why not?B: Well, it's boring, and it doesn't pay very well.A: I know what you mean. I don't like my job either. I wish I could find a better job.B: Actually, I don't want to work at all anymore. I wish I had a lot of money so I could retirenow.A: Hmm, how old are you, Terry?B: Uh, twenty-six.A: So how are things going with you and Susie, Terry?B: Oh, you didn't know? She and I broke up a couple of months ago. We decided we needed a break from each other for a while. But I miss her a lot. I wish we could get back together again.A: I'm sure you will.B: I really hope so. So what kind of job would you like to look for?A: I'm not sure, but I'd really like to move to another city. I'm sick of this place. I need to live somewhere more exciting.B: I know what you mean. It sure can get boring around here at times.Yeah, I really need a change. I've been doing the same things for ever five years now, and I'm just not learning anything new. It's the same routine every day, and I am really sick of sitting in front of a computer. I think I need to try something totally different. I want to be in a profession that involves meeting people.I really need to join a club or sports team to give me something to do on weekends. I get really bored on the weekends, and if I joined a club. I'd probably get to meet people and make new friends.I should take a typing course this summer. I really need if it for my school work. And people say that if you can type really well, it's something you'll find useful later in life.Gosh, I really have to go on a diet. I've gained ten pounds since last year, and everyone tells me I look fat. And if I don't lose weight now, I won't be able to get into any of my summer clothes.Unit 4(10) Hey, this sounds good-snailsA: Hey, this sounds good-snails with garlic! Have you ever eaten snails?B: No, I haven'tA: Oh, they're delicious! I had them last time. Like to try some?B: No, thanks. They sound strange.C: Have you decided on an appetizer yet?A: Yes. I'll have the snails, please.C: And you, sir?B: I think I'll have the fried brains.A: Fried brains? Now that really sound strange!A: Oh, good. Here comes the waitress now!C: Here are your snails, madam. And for you, sir…the fried brains.B: Thank you.A: Mmm, these snails are delicious! How are the brains?B: Well, I think they're…yuck! Oh, sorry, I guess brains are pretty strange after all. Um, I think I'm going to order something else, if you don't mind.A: Oh, sure. Go ahead.B: Miss! Excuse me, miss!C: Yes?B: Uh, I really don't care for this appetizer. Could you bring me something else?C: Yes, of course. What would you like instead?A: Try the snails.B: No, I don't think so. I'll tell you what. Just forget an appetizer for me, and bring me a nice, juicy hamburger…medium rare…with French fries and a large soda.(11) Have you finished with thisA: Have you finished with this?B: No, I'm still drinking it. Thanks.A: Did you order this?B: Yes, that's mine. Mmm, it looks great and smells delicious!A: Don't you like it?B: I haven't tasted it yet. I'm waiting for the waitress to bring me a fork.A: Did you enjoy it?B: Well, it was a little tough. I think it was cooked for too long.A: How is it?B: Great. Just the way I like it: black and strong.A: Your turn or mine?B: It's my treat this time. You paid last time. Remember.Unit 5(12) I'm so excited!A: I'm so excited! We have two weeks off! What are you going to do?B: I'm not sure. I guess I'll just stay home. Maybe I'll catch up on my reading. What about you? Any plans?A: Well, my parents have rented a condominium in Florida. I'm going to take long walks along the beach every day and do lots of swimming.B: Sounds great!A: Say, why don't you come with us? We have plenty of room.B: Do you mean it? I'd love to!A: So, what are you planning to do for your vacation, Judy?B: Oh, I'm doing something really exotic this year. You know, I went to Hawaii last year, and just stayed on the beach for two weeks. This year, I'm going white-water rafting!A: Ooh, that sounds great. But what is it, exactly?B: Oh, well, you know, it's in Colorado. They have all these trips down the rapids. The water gets really rough, but I think it'll be really exciting. Oh, I'm doing some rock climbing, too. A: And you call that a vacation?(12) What are your plans for the summerA: What are your plans for the summer, Paul?B: Oh, I'd love to go and lie on a beach somewhere, but I need to save some money for school.I think I'll stay home and get a job.A: That doesn't sound like much fun.B: Oh, it won't be too bad. Some of my friends are going to work this summer, too, so we'll do some partying on the weekends.A: Have you planned anything for the summer, Brenda?B: Yeah. I'm going to work the first month and save some money. Then I'm going to go down to Mexico for six weeks to stay with my sister. She's working in Guadalajara. She says it's really interesting there, so I want to go and see what to go and see what it's like. It will also give me a chance to practice my Spanish. I'm really looking forward to it.Unit 6 Sure. No problem!(13) Jason…Jason!A: Jason…Jason! Turn down the TV a little, please.B: Oh, but this is my favorite program!A: I know. But it's too loud.B: OK. I'll turn it down.A: That's better. Thanks.B: Lisa, please pick up your things.A: They're all over the living room floor.B: In a minute, Mom. I'm on the phone.A: OK. But do it as soon as you hang up.B: Sure. No problem.A: Goodness! Were we like this when we were kids?B: Definitely!A: Have you noticed how forgetful Dad is getting? He's always forgetting where his car keys are. It drives me crazy.B: And he can never find his glasses either.A: I know.B: You know what drives me crazy about Mom?B: Those awful talk shows she watches on TV. She just loves them.A: Yeah, I think she watches them for hours everyday.B: Oh, well. I guess they're just getting old. I hope I never get like that.A: Me, too. Hey, let's go and play a video game.B: Great idea. By the way, have you seen my glasses anywhere?A: James, please turn that down…James!B: Yes, Mom?A: Turn that down. It's much too loud.B: Sorry, Mom. I had it turned up because I wanted to hear the game.A: Molly, put the groceries away, please. There's ice cream in one of the bags.B: I can't right now, Dad. I'm doing my homework.A: What's this, James!B: Yeah, Mom?A: Why are there all these wet towels on the bathroom floor? Please pick them up and hang them up to dry.B: Gosh, I'm really sorry, Mom. I forgot all about them.A: Justin, come help me. We need to wash these dishes before your mother gets home.B: Oh, Dad. I'd like to help, but I have to call Laurie. It's really important.A: Aimee, I think the dog is trying to tell you something!B: Well, I can't possibly take him out right now. I'm doing my nails(14) Hi. I'm your new neighborA: Hi. I'm your new neighbor, George Rivera. I live next door.B: Oh, hi. I'm Stephanie Lee.A: So, you just moved in? Do you need anything?B: Not right now. But thanks.A: Well, let me know if you do. Um, by the way, would you mind turning your stereo down? The walls are really thin, so the sound goes right through to my apartment.B: Oh, I'm sorry! I didn't realize that. I'll make sure to keep the volume down. Oh, by the way, is there a good Italian restaurant in the neighborhood?A: Yeah. There's a great one a couple of blocks from here. Try their lasagna. It's delicious!A: Hello. I'm sorry to bother you, but I think your car is parked in my space downstairs.B: Really?A: Yes. Do you drive a blue Honda?B: Yes, I do.A: Well, there's a blue Honda parked in space 13 and that's my space.B: Oh, I'm so sorry. My son must have put it in the wrong space. Ours is the one right next to yours-number 12. Let me get my keys, and I'll go right down and move the car.B: And I'll make sure my son doesn't do it again.A: I appreciate it.A: Gee, Bob, you're really late. You said you'd be here at six, and look at the time: It's almost six thirty!B: I'm really sorry. Tell you what: I'll pay for dinner.A: Oh, it's all right. You don't have to do that.B: No, I want to pay. You had to wait for me almost half an hour.A: Well, hey, OK-if you insist. Thanks!A: Hi, Sally. What happened to you on Sunday?B: Sunday? What do you mean?A: You don't remember? I had a party, and I invited you.B: Oh, gosh. Of course you did-and I completely forgot about it. I was busy all day helping my brother with his car, and I guess I just forgot. Sorry. How did the party go, anyway?A: It was great, but we missed you.B: Gee, now I really feel bad.Unit8(15)Did you know next week is Halloween?A: Did you know next week is Halloween? It's on October 31B: So what do you do on Halloween? We don't have that holiday in Russia.A: Well, it's a day when kids dress up in masks and costumes. They knock on people's doors and ask for candy by saying words“Trick or treat!”B: Hmm. Sounds interesting.A: But it's not just for kids. Lots of people have costume parties. Hey…my friend Pete is having a party. Would you like to go?B: Sure. I'd love to.A: So are we going to wear costumes to the party?B: Of course. That's half the fun. Last year I rented this great Dracula costume, and this year I'm going as a clown.A: A clown? Yes, you would make a good clown.B: Hey!A: Oh, I'm just kidding. What about me? What kind of costume should I wear?B: Why don't you go as a witch? I saw a terrific witch outfit at the costume store.A: A witch…yeah, that's a good idea. So after I scare people, you can make them laugh.(16)You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari.A: You look beautiful in that kimono, Mari. Is this your wedding photo?B: Yes, it is.A: Do most Japanese women wear kimonos when they get married?B: Yes, many of them do. Then after the wedding ceremony, the bride usually changes into a Western bridal dress during the reception.A: Oh, I didn't know that.A: Did you get married in a church, Mari?B: No, the ceremony was held at a shrine.A: Oh, a shrine…B: Yes, we were married by a priest in a traditional Shinto ceremony.A: Hmm. And who went to the ceremony?B: Well, only the immediate family attended the ceremony…you know, our parents, grandparents, brothers and sisters…A: And what about the reception? What was that like?B: Lots of friends and relatives came to the reception…about a hundred people. And the first thing happened was that the main guests gave formal speeches.A: Speeches?B: Yes, and then after that, all the guests were served a formal meal. While everyone was eating and drinking, lots of other guests gave short speeches or sang songs. Some of the speeches were funny.A: Sounds like fun!B: Yes, the songs and speeches are all part of the entertainment during a wedding reception. And then, at the end of the reception, each guest received a present for coming to the wedding.A: A present from the bride and groom?B: Yes, it's a Japanese custom.A: What a nice custom!Unit 9 Back to the futureA: Ugh! I feel awful. I really have to stop smoking.B: So why don't you quit?A: Well, if I quit, I might gain weight!B: A lot of people do, but...A: And if I gain weight, I won't be able to fit into any of clothes!B: Well, you can always go on a diet.A: Oh, no. I'm terrible at losing weight on diets. So if my clothes don't fit, I'll have to buy new ones. I'll have to get a part-time job, and...B: Listen, it is hard to quit, but it's not that hard. Do you want to know how I did it?A: Well, giving up smoking isn't really as hard as you think. I managed to do it, so it can't be that difficult. You should try nicotine gum. You chew it just like regular chewing gum, and you don't feel like smoking.B: Well, I guess it's worth a try.A: The neighborhood sure has changed!B: What was this place like before, Grandpa?A: Well, there used to be a grocery store right here on this corner. Hmm. It was pretty quiet. Not many people lived here then.B: These days, the population is growing fast.A: Yeah. I bet they'll tear down all these old buildings soon. In a few years, there will be just malls and high-rise apartments.B: Hey, that doesn't sound too bad!A: No, but I'll miss the old days.A: How long have you been living here?B: Oh, for over twenty years.A: And have you noticed a lot of changes during that time?B: Oh, yes, quite a few. This is a much nicer place to live now than it used to be. It's much greener. When I first moved here, there weren't many trees around. But over the last few years, the city has planted trees everywhere. It's made such a difference.A: How do you like living here?B: Well, it's an interesting city. But you really need a car here; otherwise, you can't go anywhere. There used to be a good bus system, but there isn't anymore.A: Why is that?B: Oh, I think they expect everyone to have a car, so they don't bother to provide decent bus service. It's getting worse and worse. These days, you have to wait for ages for a bus. And when one finally shows up, it's usually full!A: I can't believe how much this neighborhood has changed!B: What do you mean?A: Well, when Joe and I first bought this house-that was almost 20 years ago, of course-there were lots of young couples with little children living on this street.B: I don't see any kids out today.A: That's because they've all grown up and moved out of their parents' house. Just about the only young children we see around here these days are the grandchildren when they come to visit. It's gotten way too quiet around here.Unit 10 I don't like working on weekends!A: Any interesting jobs listed on the Internet today?B: Well, there are a lot of retail jobs-selling clothes and stuff. But you have to work Saturdays and Sundays.A: Hmm. I hate working on weekendsB: Hmm…so do I. Oh, here's a job in sales. It's a job selling children's books to bookstores. A: That sounds interesting.B: Yeah. Let's see. You need to have a driver's license. And you have to work some evenings. A: I don't mind working evenings during the week. And I enjoy driving. So, what's the phone number?B: It's 7983455A: Delta Education.B: Hello. I'm calling about the job you advertised for a salesperson. Is it still available?A: Yes, it is.B: Well, can you tell me something about the job?A: Sure. Our company sells educational books for children. We're looking for part-time salespeople to promote our books to local bookstores.B: That sounds interesting. I'm a student, and I'm looking for part-time work.A: Well, perhaps you'd like to come in for an interview.B: Yes, I would.A: Oh, just one thing we didn't mention in the advertisement. Some of our books are in Spanish, so we'd like to hire someone who speaks Spanish.B: Oh, as a matter of fact, I do.A: Good. Well, let me arrange a time for you to come in for an interview.A: So what kind of job are you looking for?B: Well, I haven't made up my mind. I love working with people, and I love traveling. I don't want a job where I'm stuck in an office all day. I want to get out and see the world.A: Are you interested in working in business? That's where you can sometimes make good money.B: I'm not really interested in making a lot of money at this point in my life. I'll worry about that laterA: What kind of career are you planning for yourself?B: I don't know. I think I'd like to have a job where I can help people. Everybody else in my family is in law or business-you know, boring stuff like that. That's just not for me. I know I'd like to work overseas, though. Maybe in a children's hospital in a developing country. But that's a long way away. I have to get into medical school first, and that's not going to be easy!A: What kind of job do I have in kind? Well, I don't want a regular nine-to–five job. Eventually, I'd like to get into acting-maybe even break into movies. But I guess that won't happen for a while.B: So what are you doing in the meantime?A: Well, I work out at the gym nearly every day. I need to be really fit. And I'm taking acting lessons as well so that I feel comfortable in front of the crowd. I just had some pictures taken to show to agents in the city. Would you like to see them?B: Sure.A bossA: How do you like your new boss?B: She's OK. I just wish she'd learn to lighten up a little.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, she never enjoys a joke. She never laughs. It's hard to even get a smile out of her.A Co-workerA: Look what Mary gave me! Isn't this a great book?B: Yeah, it is! Mary's so sweet-she's always giving her friends and co-workers presents. I wish there were more people like her in this world!A teacherA: What do you think of the new French teacher?B: Well, she's king of strange. She's in a good mood one minute and in a terrible mood the next.A relativeA: Hey, what's wrong?B: I'm fed up with my brother! It seems as if he's always angry at me something.A: Really?B: Yeah. He gets up upset so easily. I don't know what's the matter with him.A: I don't know what classed to take this semester. I can't decide what I want to do with my life. Have you thought about it, Brenda?B: Yes, I have. I think I'd make a good journalist because I love writing.A: Maybe I could be a teacher because I'm very creative. And I like working with kids.B: Oh, I wouldn't want to be a teacher. I'm too inpatient.A: I know one thing I could never do.B: What's that?A: I could never be a stockbroker because I'm not good at making decisions quickly.A: My history professor says I should think about a career in politics. But I don't think I'd make a good politician.B: Why not, Brenda?A: Oh, you know me. I'm terrible at speaking in front of a lot of people-you know, like giving speeches and things. And politicians have to speak in public all the time.B: That's true. You know, that reminds me of a problem I'm having.A: What is it?B: You know my parents have a really successful restaurant, right? Well, my father wants me to be the manager.A: And you don't want go?B: No, not at all. I'd be a terrible manager. I'm much too disorganizedUnit 11 It's really worth seeing!A: We are now approaching the famous Statue of Liberty, which has welcomed visitors to New YorkHarbor since 1886.B: Wow! Look at it.A: Incredible, isn't it?B: The statue was given to the United States by the people of France. It was designed by the French sculptor Bartholdi.A: It's really huge. Do we get to go inside?。
成熙高级英语听力脚本
Unit 1That’s what friends are for!P22 ConversationA Listen and practice.Chris: Do you have a date for the party yet?Kim: Actually, I don’t ……Do you think you could help me find one?Chris: Hmm. What kind of guys do you like?Kim: Oh, I like guys who aren’t too serious and who have a good sense of humor. You know ... like you.Chris: OK. What else?Kim: Well, I’d prefer someone I have something in common with –who I can talk to easily.Chris: I think I know just the guy for you. Bob Branson. Do you know him?Kim: No, I don’t think so.Chris: Let me arrange for you to meet him, and you can tell me what you think.B Listen to Chris and Kim discussing Bob after Kim met him. How did Kim like him?Chris: So, what’s the Verdict? What did you think of Bob?Kim: Well, I was worried at first especially when I saw that he wears not one buttwo earrings, I thought he might turn out to be one of those guys who are into heavy rock music and stuff like that. You know what I mean?Chris: But he’s just a regular kind of guy, right?Kim: Yeah, we got along really well!Chris: I just knew you’d like him.Kim: Yeah, I do, and he’s really funny. He had me laughing hystericallyduring dinner. I think the people sitting next to us in the restaurant thought we were crazy.Chris: So, are you two going to get together again?Kim: Definitely, in fact, we’re going to a concert tomorrow night.Chris: That’s great.P4Listening What are they like?B Listen to conversations about what the people above are like.Write down two adjectives for each person. How similar were your guesses?1. AndreaA: So, have you seen Andrea lately?B: Yeah, I see her pretty often. We work together at a cafélatté.A: How’s she doing, I’ve been meaning to call her.B: Well, to be honest! I’ve always thought she’s a little difficult. But these days, I find her impossible.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, you know how she is. She has such strong ideas about everything. If you don’t agree with her she lets you know what she thinks of you.A: Yes, that’s true. But that’s why we love her, right?B: Yeah, I guess so. But she’s changed a lot since she started college.She talked about herself all the time and she always manages to mention how good she is at everything she does.A: Hmm. Maybe I won’t call her after all.2. JamesA: Are you going to James party on Saturday?B: Of course, James always gives the best parties. And there are always lots of interesting new people to meet.A: That’s true. I don’t know where he manages to find them all.B: Well, you know what he’s like. He makes friends very easily. He really likes talking to people, and he loves inviting people over.A: Ur –Ur, he invited me for dinner last Saturday, what a feast!B: Yeah, he’s a great cook too.A: After dinner I offered to help clean up, he told me not to worry about it. He said he’d take care of it in the morning. He was like. It’s nothing, no big deal.B: Yup, that sounds like James.3. Mr. JohnsonA: Have you met the new apartment manager?B: Mr. Johnson? Hmm. Yeah, I met him last week. He’s…a little strange.A: Yeah, he is. I’m not sure I like him. He’s hard to predict. Sometimes he’s pretty cheerful and talkative,and the next day he doesn’t even say hello. I think he must have personal problems or something.B: I think you’re right. And have you noticed that half the time when he says he’s going to do something, he never actually does it? He told me three times he’d come to fix the light in my kitchen, and he still hasn’t done it.Unit 2Career movesA listen and practice.Tracy: Good news! I’ve found a summer job!Mark: That’s great! Anything interesting?T: Yes, working at an amusement park. Doesn’t that sound fantastic?M: Sure, it does.T: So, have you found anything?M: Nothing yet, but I’ve got a couple of leads. One is working as an intern for a record company –mostly answering phones. Or I can get a landscaping job again.T: Being an intern sounds more interesting than landscaping. And it’s probably not as hard!M: Yeah, but a landscaper earns more money than an intern. And you get a great tan!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What is Tracy going to do at the amusement park?M: So what will you be doing at the amusement park, exactly?T: Actually, I’ll have two jobs. First, I’ll be working at a place called Children’s World.They have all kinds of interesting games and educational activities for young kids. I have to go to a training program for three days before I start to find out how everything works.M: Three days? Wow, the equipment must be pretty high-tech!T: Oh, it is –a lot of computers and interesting devices. It’s just the kind of stuff that kids love.M: Well, it sounds like the perfect job for you. I know how much you live kids. So what’s your other job?T: Well. I’ll also be one of the people who walks around the park greeting people. M: Do you mean you’ll have to dress up in a costume?T: Yes, as a cartoon character! I know, I know. It sounds silly. And it’s certainly not as rewarding as working in Children’s World, but it’s part of the job.CarolsWoman: So where are you working this summer, Carols?Carlos: I’m working as a tutor in a learning center for kids.W: Interesting. What kinds of things do the kids do there?C: They work on subjects they need help in, uh, mainly math and English.W: Is your job hard?C: No, not at all. The kids work on computers most of the time. We have to help them get started and when they run into problems.W: Do you enjoy it?C: Oh, yes. Working with kids is so much more fun than working with adults. And I get to choose my own hours. As long as I work eight hours a day, I can come in at any time from 8 A.M. TO 9 P.M.W: Lucky you!PaulWoman: Paul, did you find a summer job, yet?Paul: Yeah, I’m working in a restaurant.W: Oh, how’s it going?P: Oh, the money’s not bad.W: What are you doing? Are you waiting tables?P: I wish! No. I’m working in the kitchen. I cut up stuff for the chef –vegetables and meat and things.I also wash the dishes.W: Oh, yuck.P: Yeah. It’s pretty hard work. I didn’t realize how hot it is in a restaurant kitchen until I took this job.W: So why don’t you quit?P: I’d love to, but I need the money.JuliaMan: So what kind of job did you find for the summer?Julia: I’m working for a marketing company. I’m doing telephone marketing.M: Oh, so you’re one of those people who drives me crazy by calling me up and trying to persuade me to buy something that I have absolutely no need for.J: Exactly.M: Do you like it?J: Believe it or not, I do. It’s mostly a bunch of students working there, and we have a lot of fun when we’re not making calls. It’s really easy, too, since we just have to read from a script.M: Are you doing this full time?J: Yes, but I work from two in the afternoon until eleven at night, so I get to sleep as late as I want to in the morning.Unit 3Could you do me a favor?P142 ConversationA Listen and practice.Jack: Hi, Rod. This is Jack.Rod: Oh, hi, Jack. What’s up?J: I’m going to my best friend’s wedding this weekend. I’d love to videotape it. Would you mind if I borrowed you video camera?R: Um, yeah. That’s OK, I guess. I don’t think I’ll need it for anything.J: Thanks a million.R: Sure. Have you used a video camera before? It’s pretty easy.J: Yeah, a couple of times. Would it be OK if I picked it up on Friday night?R: Fine. No problem.B Listen to two more telephone calls Jack makes. What else does he want to borrow from friends? Do they agree to lend them to him?1.Andy: Hello.Jacj: Hi, Andy. This is Jack.A: Oh, hi, Jack.J: I was wondering if you could do me a favor.A: That depends.J: Well, I have to go to a wedding this weekend. Would it be OK if I borrowed your navy blue suit?A: Oh, sure. No problem.J: Thanks a lot. I’ll come by and pick it up tonight.A: That’s fine.2.Rose: Rose Rizzo.Jack: Hi, Rose. This is Jack.R: Oh, hello. How are you?J: Pretty good, thanks. Listen, the reason I’m calling is I have a really big favor to ask you.R: Yes?J: Remember I told you about that friend of mine who’s getting married to a woman he met in Barcelona?R: Yeah, I remember. And?J: Well, the wedding’s this Saturday afternoon, and it’s out in the country –about an hour’s drive from here –and I was wondering if I could borrow your car for the afternoon to get there.R: Gee, Jack, I’d really love to help you out, but I’m going to be needing my car all weekend. I’ve got a friend coming in from out of town, and I promised to show her the sights.J: Oh, OK. I understand. Anyway, how are things? I haven’t seen you for ages.R: Oh, pretty good.P165 ListeningA Listen to three telephone conversations. Write down what each caller requests. Does the other person agree to the request? Check (√) Yes or No.1. TinaRobert: Hello?Tina: Hi, Robert. This is Tina.R: Hi, Tina. What’s up?T: Well, actually, I was wondering if you’d mind lending me your camera for a few days. I want to take some photos of my new apartment to send to my folks.R: Sure. You can borrow it.T: Oh, thanks a million.2. MikeMike: Hi, Sandy. This is Mike.Sandy: Oh, hi. How are things with you?M: Pretty good. Listen. I was wondering if I could use your video game system over the weekend.S: You mean my Sony Play Station?M: Yeah. My sister’s asked me to take care of my niece and nephew over the weekend –they’re six and eight –and I thought it would be a great way to keep them busy.S: That’s a good idea –kids that age love video games –but, well, I have bad news: My machine isn’t working.I’ve been meaning to take it in to get fixed, but I haven’t gotten around to it.M: Oh, too bad.S: But you know you can always rent one. Most video stores have machines to rent. You just have to leave a deposit.M: Oh, perfect. I’ll do that. Thanks, Sandy.S: No problem.3. PhilPhil: Hi, Greg. It’s Phil.Greg: Hi. What’s up?P: Not much, but I was wondering if I could ask you for a favor.G: Hmm…maybe. Try me!P: Well, I have to go out of town for a few days next week.G: Uh-huh.P: Could I leave Polly with you while I’m gone?G: Polly? Who’s Polly?P: You know –Polly, my bird.G: Oh, yeah. I forgot, your bird. I don’t know, Phil. I really don’t like birds very much. They’re messy, and they make a lot of noise, and…P: No, not Polly. She’s really a great bird. She’s really clean and very quiet. She won’t bother you –I promise.G: Oh, all right. I’ll do it.P: Thanks. I really appreciate it. I’ll bring her over on Tuesday night.G: OK. But you owe me one!P178 ConversationA Listen and practice.Amy: Hello?Jeff: Hello. May I speak to Sophia, please?A: I’m sorry, she’s not in right now. Would you like to leave a message?J: Yes, please. This is Jeff. Would you tell her that Tony is having a party on Saturday? A: Un-huh.J: And would you ask her if she’d like to go with me?A: All right, Peter. I’ll give her the message.J: No, this is Jeff, not Peter.A: Oh, I’m sorry.J: By the way, who’s Peter?B Listen to Amy talking to Sophia. Who is Peter? Is Sophia going to go to the party with Jeff?Sophia: Hi! I’m home!A: Oh, hi.S: Did anyone call?A: Uh-huh. Your old friend Peter called a few hours ago. He’s going to be in town on Saturday and wants to get together with you Saturday night. He said to call him.S: Oh, super! I haven’t seen Peter in almost a year. Any other calls?A: Uh, yeah. Jeff called. He wants to know if you want to go to Tony’s party with him. S: Oh. When is Tony’s party?A: On Saturday.S: Oh, perfect. That’s the same night I’m going to get together with Peter, so I have an excuse not to go. Even if I weren’t going out with Peter, I wouldn’t go anywhere with Jeff. Oh, he’s such a pain!A: Oh, he didn’t sound so bad. He sounded kind of sweet.S: Yeah, yeah, I guess he is. It’s just that I don’t want to go out with him –and he just doesn’t seem to get the message. Do me a favor. Amy: If he calls again, could you just tell him I’m not home?A: Hmm. OK.Unit 4What a story!P202 Conversation StorytellingA Listen and practice.Jake: What an awful story! A couple was sailing their yacht from Hawaii to Mexico. While they were crossing the Pacific, their boat hit a whale and sank!Anne: Is that true? What happened to the whale?J: It doesn’t say! Oh and here’s another one. A guy in Los Angles was robbing a bank. But as he was escaping, he got caught in the revolving door.A: I guess it was his first bank robbery!J: Yeah. On and listen to this. Some guy got locked out of his house, so he tried to get in through the chimney.A: Don’t tell me! He got stuck in the chimney!J: Exactly. And he was still trying to get out two days later when the police rescued him.1.A man who considered himself a snake charmer was strangled to death on Sunday by a three-and-a-half-meter boa constrictor in a town in Thailand. It seems that the man rushed to see the giant snake after friends told him the serpent was seen beside one of the town’s main roads. The snake charmer put it around his neck; while he and his friends were walking home, the snake strangled him to death.2.Early Tuesday morning in California, two police officers who were pursuing a car thief down Hollywood Boulevard in a high-speed chase were rescued by the thief. During the chase, the officers’car overturned and fell into a shallow river. The officers couldn’t get out of the car, which was rapidly filling up with water. The thief went back to the scene of the accident and helped rescue the officers. The Hollywood Police Department has decided to drop charges against the thief for saving the officers’lives.A Listen and practice.Brian: Someone stole my wallet last night!Kate: Oh no! What happened?B: Well, I was working out, and I had put my stuff in my locker, just like I always do. When I came back, someone had stolen my wallet. I guess I’d forgotten to lock the locker.K: I’m sorry. That’s terrible! Did you lose much money?B: Only about $20. But I lost my credit card and my driver’s license. What a pain!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What did Kate have stolen once? Where was she? What happened?K: Hmm. That reminds me of when I had my purse stolen last year.B: Really? What happened?K: Well, it was when I was in Belgium. I was on my way to the airport, so I was standing on the side of the road with my bags, trying to figure out the bus schedule. Anyway, this a bunch of guys came by and asked if they could help me. They spoke very broken English, and I couldn’t really understand what they were saying. I really just wanted them to leave me alone. Finally, they left and when I looked down, Irealized my purse had disappeared. It had my wallet in it with all my traveler’s checks and my money and my credit card. Well, luckily, I had put my airline ticket and my passport in one of my carry-on bags.B: How awful! So what did you do?K: Well, first I screamed at the top of my lungs and tried to run after the guys –but they were long gone. Then –this sounds really corny –I did just what I had seen people do on TV: I called my credit card company.B: Were they helpful?K: They were lifesavers! In no time at all, they’d given me new traveler’s checks and a new credit card, and sent me on my way.Review of Units 1-4P262 Listening Favorite gripesA Listen to two people discussing these topics. Complete the chart.1 Taxi driversA: It really upsets me when taxi drivers drive so fast. I’m always terrified of having an accident.B: That doesn’t really bother me. I like to get where I’m going quickly. But I can’t stand it when they have their radios turned up all the way full blast. You can’t even hear yourself think!2 People with dogsA: I hate it when people take their dogs into a park and let them make messes all over the place. It’s so irresponsible!B: You know what bothers me? I hate it when they go out and leave their dog at home, barking all day.3 TV commercialsA: I can’t stand it when they show the same commercial twice in a row. Why do they do chat? It drives me crazy!B: The thing that bothers me the most is when they interrupt a ball game at the most exciting moment to show some stupid commercial.4 Store clerksA: It really upsets me when store clerks pretend they haven’t noticed you and just stand around chatting to each other. It’s so rude.B: Yeah. Or on the other hand, they give you the hard sell, and try to get you to buy something you don’t really want.Unit 5Crossing cultures10 Listening Unique customsListen to three people describing unique customs they observed while traveling. Complete the chart.1. AliceOne thing that I never really got used to when I was traveling in Asia was the way people make noise when they drink soup. I think it’s because they want to show that they’re really enjoying their food so they make a loud slurping noise. It alwaysbothered me. I guess it’s because my parents spent years when I was a kid telling me not to make noise while I was eating.2. MarkWhen I lived in Spain, I was surprised at how late people eat in the evening. When you’re invited to dinner, you are asked to come around nine o’clock and you usually don’t start dinner until ten. And people stay terribly late –sometimes until two in the morning or even later. I found it difficult. How does one get up and go to work or school the next day after eating and drinking until three in the morning?3. SusanI lived in the Middle East for a while, and when I went out, I had to obey the local custom of wearing something over my head and wearing a dress that covered my whole body. At first, I found it a real nuisance, but after a while, I got used to it and even started to like it. You feel really secure, and also you don’t have to worry about what to wear all the time.Unit 6What’s wrong with it?P342 Conversation:Listen and practice.Clerk: Can I help you?Helen: Yes, I’d like to return this jacket.C: Is there something the matter with it?H: Yes. I didn’t notice when I bought it, but there are a few problems. First, it has a tear in the lining.C: Hmm, actually, it’s torn in several places.H: And some of the buttons are very loose, this one came off, in fact. And there’s a stain on the collar.C: I’m really sorry about this. Would you like to exchange it for another one?H: Well, to be honest, I don’t think this jacket is very well made. I’d rather get a refund. C: I understand. Do you have the receipt?P364 Listening Fair exchange?Listen to three customers returning items they purchased. Complete the chart.1.C: Can I help you?M: Yes, I bought this briefcase here last week, but there’s something wrong with the lock. I can’t get it to close properly.C: Let me see. Yes, I see what you mean. The lock seems to be jammed or something. No problem. I’ll get you another one. Sorry about that.2.W: Hi.C: Yes?W: I wonder if you could take a look at these shoes I bought here. They’re pretty new, but they seem to be falling apart.C: Hmm. Let me see. Yes, this doesn’t look right. The stitching is coming out. How long did you say you’ve had them?W: Only about a month. Here’s the receipt.C: Hmm…yes. Well, let me exchange these for you. I’m sorry for the inconvenience.3.M: Excuse me.C: Yes, how can I help you?M: You see this shirt? I bought it here a few weeks ago, but the first time I washed it, the color changed: It went from bright red to light pink.C: How did you wash it?M: Well, I just tossed it into the washing machine with my other clothes.C: What temperature did you use?M: I usually wash my clothes in hot water, so I guess hot.C: Well, did you check the washing instructions?M: Um…maybe not.C: Well, you see here on this label? It says, “Wash in cold water only.”M: Um-hmm.C: So I’m really sorry, but since you didn’t follow the washing instructions, I can’t really do anything for you.Unit 7The word we live inP402 ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: Excuse me. Would you like to make a contribution to Greener World? Carla: Sure. What are you working on right now?A: Well, we’re developing educational programs for schools. We want to show children how the oceans are being polluted by industrial waste. And we want to tell them about how fish supplies have been depleted through overfishing.C: I think what you’re doing is terrific. I wish I could do more to help.A: So, have you ever thought about becoming a member of Greener World?C: No, but tell me a little more about it.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What else has Greener World accomplished in their city?A: We’ve been active in this area for almost five years now. Are you aware of some of our other local projects?C: No, I don’t think I am.A: Well, one of the things we’ve been doing is planting trees. We have a group of volunteers involved in several tree-planting projects in different parts of the city. We’re trying to get as many trees planted as possible to help clean the air and also to help lower the temperature during the summer.C: That sounds smart.A: Uh-huh. We’ve also placed over 50 recycling bins around the city so that people can drop off things for recycling –cans, bottles, plastic bags, and newspapers. Last yearwe raised over $100,000 through recycling.C: That’s fantastic. I’d love to get involved in Greener World. Where do I sign?P425 Listening: Environmental solutionsA Listen to three people describing how come serious environmental problems are being solved. Write down the problem each one talks about.1. Jenny:J: You know, I’ve been reading a lot about the problem of landfills –and it really has me worried.M: Why?J: Well, it seems that the easiest way of disposing of trash is by burying it in landfills. The problem is that in many countries the landfills have already been filled up, and it’s hard to find places to start new ones. No one wants a huge landfill anywhere near their neighborhood.M: So what’s the solution?J: Well, there is no easy solution. But many cities are trying to do more recycling so that they can reduce the amount of stuff that goes into the landfills.2. Adam:W: I can’t believe it’s become dangerous to get a suntan. What is this world coming to?A: Well, the sun has never been good for you, but it’s really dangerous now. You see, the ozonosphere, which helps protect us from the sun’s ultraviolet rays, has been damaged by pollution in the air. When the ozone layer gets too thin, it can cause an increase in skin cancer and other problems.W: But is there anything we can do to solve the problem?A: Sure. One of the biggest threats to the ozone layer is cars –the exhaust gases from cars. The best way to save the ozone layer is to drive less. So in many places, people are being asked to carpool.3. Kate:K: You know, you always hear about air pollution, but not many people are aware of the problem of water pollution.M: You mean in the oceans?K: No. I mean polluted drinking water. It’s a problem in almost every major city in the world. Almost all our rivers and lakes –where we get our drinking water from –are being polluted in some way by businesses farms, homes, industries, and other sources. And even though the water most of us drink is treated, it’s still not 100 percent pure. M: So what’s the solution?K: Well, it’s a complicated problem to solve, but basically what’s involved is treating all waste products more carefully so that dangerous chemicals and bacteria don’t get into our water supply.P43ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: You know, there’s a factory outside town that’s pumping chemicals into theriver.Carla: How can they do that? Isn’t that against the law?A: Yes, it is. But a lot of companies ignore those laws.C: That’s terrible! What can Greener World do?A: Well, on thing to do about it is to talk to the management.C: What if that doesn’t work?A: Well, then another way to stop them is to get a TV station to run a story on it.C: Yes! Companies hate bad publicity. By the way, what’s the name of this company? A: It’s called Apex Industries.C: Oh no! My uncle is one of their top executives!C Listen to the rest of the conversation. What do Andy and Carla decide to do? Carla: Wait a minute, Before Greener World does anything, shouldn’t we make sure that we’ve got our facts straight?Andy: Absolutely. The best thing to do is to monitor the situation over the next several weeks to see what exactly is happening.C: How do we do that?A: Well, we can take pictures of the river and even take water samples to see how had the situation is.C: OK. And maybe I could talk to my uncle about it.A: Oh, no, I don’t think that’s a good idea. Not yet, anyway.C: Why not?A: I don’t think we want to say anything to anyone until we have a clearer picture of what is going on. After we’ve monitored the situation for a while, then we can decide whether we need to have a meeting with a representative of the company to tell them what we’ve discovered. OK, Carla?C: OK.Unit 8Learning to learnP462 ConversationA Listen and practice.Paula: Do you want to take a class with me at the community college?Jason: Maybe. What are they offering?P: Well, here’s the course catalog. Take a look.J: Hmm. They’ve got a lot of language classes –Chinese, German, Japanese. Would you rather learn an Asian language or a European one?P: Um, actually, I think I’d rather take an art class. They have one on landscape photography and another on making videos.J: That sounds OK. But I think I’d prefer studying video to learning about photography. P: OH, wait. It says here that you need to provide your own video equipment.J: Oh, I’d rather not spend a lot of money. Let’s see what else they’re offering.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What course do they decide to take? Why? Paula: Hmm. Hey, this sounds kind of interesting: the art of bonsai.Jason: What’s bonsai?P: You know, those miniature trees they grow in little tubs. It says here that they have a course on how to grow them, and on how to develop a business selling bonsais. Apparently, you can sell them for up to $500 apiece.J: Really? Wow! That does sound good. We could learn how to grow them and then maybe set up a little business.P: Yeah. We could do it out at my dad’s place. He has lots of room to grow things in his garden.J: Is the course expensive? Do you have to buy any special equipment?P: It says no special equipment is required except plant containers and some young trees.J: Let’s check it out, then.P48Listening:A Listen to three people talking about the part-time courses they took recently. Complete the chart.1. LindaM: So, Linda, what have you been doing with yourself?L: Not much. Oh, wait! That’s not true. I took this great dancing course last semester. M: Oh, yeah! What kind of dancing?L: We learned tap dancing and square dancing.M: Wait……why on earth would you want to learn tap dancing and square dancing? It sounds exhausting.L: Oh, just for fun. You should try taking the course. You’ll see that you learn more than just dancing. You also learn how to be more confident and how to interact better with other people.M: Hmm. I think with all that hopping around I’d be too exhausted to interact with anyone.2. RichW: So, how did you enjoy your cooking course?R: It was great.W: What kinds of things did you learn to cook?R: Well, it was a course on vegetarian cooking.W: I didn’t know you were a vegetarian.R: Oh, I’m not. But a lot of people are these days. So I thought it would be useful to know how to make some interesting dishes without meat for times when I invite friends over for dinner.W: Hmm. Well, I guess that makes sense.R: Oh, but we learned more than just cooking. They also taught us all kinds of useful things about…uh…the health value of different kinds of vegetables, and how to prepare them so that you don’t remove all the valuable vitamins and minerals that they contain. W: So…uh…when’s dinner?B Listen to two other people explain how they learn new words in a foreign language. What techniques do they use?First person。
成熙高级英语听力脚本95040
Unit 1That’s what friends are for!P22 ConversationA Listen and practice.Chris: Do you have a date for the party yet?Kim: Actually, I don’t ……Do you think you could help me find one?Chris: Hmm. What kind of guys do you like?Kim: Oh, I like guys who aren’t too serious and who have a good sense of humor. You know ... like you.Chris: OK. What else?Kim: Well, I’d prefer someone I have something in common with –who I can talk to easily.Chris: I think I know just the guy for you. Bob Branson. Do you know him?Kim: No, I don’t think so.Chris: Let me arrange for you to meet him, and you can tell me what you think.B Listen to Chris and Kim discussing Bob after Kim met him. How did Kim like him?Chris: So, what’s the Verdict? What did you think of Bob?Kim: Well, I was worried at first especially when I saw that he wears not one buttwo earrings, I thought he might turn out to be one of those guys who are into heavy rock music and stuff like that. You know what I mean?Chris: But he’s just a regular kind of guy, right?Kim: Yeah, we got along really well!Chris: I just knew you’d like him.Kim: Yeah, I do, and he’s really funny. He had me laughing hystericallyduring dinner. I think the people sitting next to us in the restaurant thought we were crazy.Chris: So, are you two going to get together again?Kim: Definitely, in fact, we’re going to a concert tomorrow night.Chris: That’s great.P4Listening What are they like?B Listen to conversations about what the people above are like.Write down two adjectives for each person. How similar were your guesses?1. AndreaA: So, have you seen Andrea lately?B: Yeah, I see her pretty often. We work together at a cafélatté.A: How’s she doing, I’ve been meaning to call her.B: Well, to be honest! I’ve always thought she’s a little difficult. But these days, I find her impossible.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, you know how she is. She has such strong ideas about everything. If you don’t agree with her she lets you know what she thinks of you.A: Yes, that’s true. But that’s why we love her, right?B: Yeah, I guess so. But she’s changed a lot since she started college.She talked about herself all the time and she always manages to mention how good she is at everything she does.A: Hmm. Maybe I won’t call her after all.2. JamesA: Are you going to James party on Saturday?B: Of course, James always gives the best parties. And there are always lots of interesting new people to meet.A: That’s true. I don’t know where he manages to find them all.B: Well, you know what he’s like. He makes friends very easily. He really likes talking to people, and he loves inviting people over.A: Ur –Ur, he invited me for dinner last Saturday, what a feast!B: Yeah, he’s a great cook too.A: After dinner I offered to help clean up, he told me not to worry about it. He said he’d take care of it in the morning. He was like. It’s nothing, no big deal.B: Yup, that sounds like James.3. Mr. JohnsonA: Have you met the new apartment manager?B: Mr. Johnson? Hmm. Yeah, I met him last week. He’s…a little strange.A: Yeah, he is. I’m not sure I like him. He’s hard to predict. Sometimes he’s pretty cheerful and talkative,and the next day he doesn’t even say hello. I think he must have personal problems or something.B: I think you’re right. And have you noticed that half the time when he says he’s going to do something, he never actually does it? He told me three times he’d come to fix the light in my kitchen, and he still hasn’t done it.Unit 2Career movesA listen and practice.Tracy: Good news! I’ve found a summer job!Mark: That’s great! Anything interesting?T: Yes, working at an amusement park. Doesn’t that sound fantastic?M: Sure, it does.T: So, have you found anything?M: Nothing yet, but I’ve got a couple of leads. One is working as an intern for a record company –mostly answering phones. Or I can get a landscaping job again.T: Being an intern sounds more interesting than landscaping. And it’s probably not as hard!M: Yeah, but a landscaper earns more money than an intern. And you get a great tan!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What is Tracy going to do at the amusement park?M: So what will you be doing at the amusement park, exactly?T: Actually, I’ll have two jobs. First, I’ll be working at a place called Children’s World. They have all kinds of interesting games and educational activities for young kids. I have to go to a training program for three days before I start to find out how everything works.M: Three days? Wow, the equipment must be pretty high-tech!T: Oh, it is –a lot of computers and interesting devices. It’s just the kind of stuff that kids love.M: Well, it sounds like the perfect job for you. I know how much you live kids. So what’s your other job?T: Well. I’ll also be one of the people who walks around the park greeting people. M: Do you mean you’ll have to dress up in a costume?T: Yes, as a cartoon character! I know, I know. It sounds silly. And it’s certainly not as rewarding as working in Children’s World, but it’s part of the job.CarolsWoman: So where are you working this summer, Carols?Carlos: I’m working as a tutor in a learning center for kids.W: Interesting. What kinds of things do the kids do there?C: They work on subjects they need help in, uh, mainly math and English.W: Is your job hard?C: No, not at all. The kids work on computers most of the time. We have to help them get started and when they run into problems.W: Do you enjoy it?C: Oh, yes. Working with kids is so much more fun than working with adults. And I get to choose my own hours. As long as I work eight hours a day, I can come in at any time from 8 A.M. TO 9 P.M.W: Lucky you!PaulWoman: Paul, did you find a summer job, yet?Paul: Yeah, I’m working in a restaurant.W: Oh, how’s it going?P: Oh, the money’s not bad.W: What are you doing? Are you waiting tables?P: I wish! No. I’m working in the kitchen. I cut up stuff for the chef –vegetables and meat and things.I also wash the dishes.W: Oh, yuck.P: Yeah. It’s pretty hard work. I didn’t realize how hot it is in a restaurant kitchen until I took this job.W: So why don’t you quit?P: I’d love to, but I need the money.JuliaMan: So what kind of job did you find for the summer?Julia: I’m working for a marketing company. I’m doing telephone marketing.M: Oh, so you’re one of those people who drives me crazy by calling me up and trying to persuade me to buy something that I have absolutely no need for.J: Exactly.M: Do you like it?J: Believe it or not, I do. It’s mostly a bunch of students working there, and we have a lot of fun when we’re not making calls. It’s really easy, too, since we just have to read from a script.M: Are you doing this full time?J: Yes, but I work from two in the afternoon until eleven at night, so I get to sleep as late as I want to in the morning.Unit 3Could you do me a favor?P142 ConversationA Listen and practice.Jack: Hi, Rod. This is Jack.Rod: Oh, hi, Jack. What’s up?J: I’m going to my best friend’s wedding this weekend. I’d love to videotape it. Would you mind if I borrowed you video camera?R: Um, yeah. That’s OK, I guess. I don’t think I’ll need it for anything.J: Thanks a million.R: Sure. Have you used a video camera before? It’s pretty easy.J: Yeah, a couple of times. Would it be OK if I picked it up on Friday night?R: Fine. No problem.B Listen to two more telephone calls Jack makes. What else does he want to borrow from friends? Do they agree to lend them to him?1.Andy: Hello.Jacj: Hi, Andy. This is Jack.A: Oh, hi, Jack.J: I was wondering if you could do me a favor.A: That depends.J: Well, I have to go to a wedding this weekend. Would it be OK if I borrowed your navy blue suit?A: Oh, sure. No problem.J: Thanks a lot. I’ll come by and pick it up tonight.A: That’s fine.2.Rose: Rose Rizzo.Jack: Hi, Rose. This is Jack.R: Oh, hello. How are you?J: Pretty good, thanks. Listen, the reason I’m calling is I have a really big favor to ask you.R: Yes?J: Remember I told you about that friend of mine who’s getting married to a woman he met in Barcelona?R: Yeah, I remember. And?J: Well, the wedding’s this Saturday afternoon, and it’s out in the country –about an hour’s drive from here –and I was wondering if I could borrow your car for the afternoon to get there.R: Gee, Jack, I’d really love to help you out, but I’m going to be needing my car all weekend. I’ve got a friend coming in from out of town, and I promised to show her the sights.J: Oh, OK. I understand. Anyway, how are things? I haven’t seen you for ages.R: Oh, pretty good.P165 ListeningA Listen to three telephone conversations. Write down what each caller requests. Does the other person agree to the request? Check (√) Yes or No.1. TinaRobert: Hello?Tina: Hi, Robert. This is Tina.R: Hi, Tina. What’s up?T: Well, actually, I was wondering if you’d mind lending me your camera for a few days. I want to take some photos of my new apartment to send to my folks.R: Sure. You can borrow it.T: Oh, thanks a million.2. MikeMike: Hi, Sandy. This is Mike.Sandy: Oh, hi. How are things with you?M: Pretty good. Listen. I was wondering if I could use your video game system over the weekend.S: You mean my Sony Play Station?M: Yeah. My sister’s asked me to take care of my niece and nephew over the weekend –they’re six and eight –and I thought it would be a great way to keep them busy.S: That’s a good idea –kids that age love video games –but, well, I have bad news: My machine isn’t working.I’ve been meaning to take it in to get fixed, but I haven’t gotten around to it.M: Oh, too bad.S: But you know you can always rent one. Most video stores have machines to rent. You just have to leave a deposit.M: Oh, perfect. I’ll do that. Thanks, Sandy.S: No problem.3. PhilPhil: Hi, Greg. It’s Phil.Greg: Hi. What’s up?P: Not much, but I was wondering if I could ask you for a favor.G: Hmm…maybe. Try me!P: Well, I have to go out of town for a few days next week.G: Uh-huh.P: Could I leave Polly with you while I’m gone?G: Polly? Who’s Polly?P: You know –Polly, my bird.G: Oh, yeah. I forgot, your bird. I don’t know, Phil. I really don’t like birds very much. They’re messy, and they make a lot of noise, and…P: No, not Polly. She’s really a great bird. She’s really clean and very quiet. She won’t bother you –I promise.G: Oh, all right. I’ll do it.P: Thanks. I really appreciate it. I’ll bring her over on Tuesday night.G: OK. But you owe me one!P178 ConversationA Listen and practice.Amy: Hello?Jeff: Hello. May I speak to Sophia, please?A: I’m sorry, she’s not in right now. Would you like to leave a message?J: Yes, please. This is Jeff. Would you tell her that Tony is having a party on Saturday? A: Un-huh.J: And would you ask her if she’d like to go with me?A: All right, Peter. I’ll give her the message.J: No, this is Jeff, not Peter.A: Oh, I’m sorry.J: By the way, who’s Peter?B Listen to Amy talking to Sophia. Who is Peter? Is Sophia going to go to the party with Jeff?Sophia: Hi! I’m home!A: Oh, hi.S: Did anyone call?A: Uh-huh. Your old friend Peter called a few hours ago. He’s going to be in town on Saturday and wants to get together with you Saturday night. He said to call him.S: Oh, super! I haven’t seen Peter in almost a year. Any other calls?A: Uh, yeah. Jeff called. He wants to know if you want to go to Tony’s party with him. S: Oh. When is Tony’s party?A: On Saturday.S: Oh, perfect. That’s the same night I’m going to get together with Peter, so I have an excuse not to go. Even if I weren’t going out with Peter, I wouldn’t go anywhere with Jeff. Oh, he’s such a pain!A: Oh, he didn’t sound so bad. He sounded kind of sweet.S: Yeah, yeah, I guess he is. It’s just that I don’t want to go out with him –and he just doesn’t seem to get the message. Do me a favor. Amy: If he calls again, could you just tell him I’m not home?A: Hmm. OK.Unit 4What a story!P202 Conversation StorytellingA Listen and practice.Jake: What an awful story! A couple was sailing their yacht from Hawaii to Mexico. While they were crossing the Pacific, their boat hit a whale and sank!Anne: Is that true? What happened to the whale?J: It doesn’t say! Oh and here’s another one. A guy in Los Angles was robbing a bank. But as he was escaping, he got caught in the revolving door.A: I guess it was his first bank robbery!J: Yeah. On and listen to this. Some guy got locked out of his house, so he tried to get in through the chimney.A: Don’t tell me! He got stuck in the chimney!J: Exactly. And he was still trying to get out two days later when the police rescued him.1.A man who considered himself a snake charmer was strangled to death on Sunday by a three-and-a-half-meter boa constrictor in a town in Thailand. It seems that the man rushed to see the giant snake after friends told him the serpent was seen beside one of the town’s main roads. The snake charmer put it around his neck; while he and his friends were walking home, the snake strangled him to death.2.Early Tuesday morning in California, two police officers who were pursuing a car thief down Hollywood Boulevard in a high-speed chase were rescued by the thief. During the chase, the officers’car overturned and fell into a shallow river. The officers couldn’t get out of the car, which was rapidly filling up with water. The thief went back to the scene of the accident and helped rescue the officers. The Hollywood Police Department has decided to drop charges against the thief for saving the officers’lives.A Listen and practice.Brian: Someone stole my wallet last night!Kate: Oh no! What happened?B: Well, I was working out, and I had put my stuff in my locker, just like I always do. When I came back, someone had stolen my wallet. I guess I’d forgotten to lock the locker.K: I’m sorry. That’s terrible! Did you lose much money?B: Only about $20. But I lost my credit card and my driver’s license. What a pain!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What did Kate have stolen once? Where was she? What happened?K: Hmm. That reminds me of when I had my purse stolen last year.B: Really? What happened?K: Well, it was when I was in Belgium. I was on my way to the airport, so I was standing on the side of the road with my bags, trying to figure out the bus schedule. Anyway, this a bunch of guys came by and asked if they could help me. They spoke very broken English, and I couldn’t really understand what they were saying. I really just wanted them to leave me alone. Finally, they left and when I looked down, Irealized my purse had disappeared. It had my wallet in it with all my traveler’s checks and my money and my credit card. Well, luckily, I had put my airline ticket and my passport in one of my carry-on bags.B: How awful! So what did you do?K: Well, first I screamed at the top of my lungs and tried to run after the guys –but they were long gone. Then –this sounds really corny –I did just what I had seen people do on TV: I called my credit card company.B: Were they helpful?K: They were lifesavers! In no time at all, they’d given me new traveler’s checks and a new credit card, and sent me on my way.Review of Units 1-4P262 Listening Favorite gripesA Listen to two people discussing these topics. Complete the chart.1 Taxi driversA: It really upsets me when taxi drivers drive so fast. I’m always terrified of having an accident.B: That doesn’t really bother me. I like to get where I’m going quickly. But I can’t stand it when they have their radios turned up all the way full blast. You can’t even hear yourself think!2 People with dogsA: I hate it when people take their dogs into a park and let them make messes all over the place. It’s so irresponsible!B: You know what bothers me? I hate it when they go out and leave their dog at home, barking all day.3 TV commercialsA: I can’t stand it when they show the same commercial twice in a row. Why do they do chat? It drives me crazy!B: The thing that bothers me the most is when they interrupt a ball game at the most exciting moment to show some stupid commercial.4 Store clerksA: It really upsets me when store clerks pretend they haven’t noticed you and just stand around chatting to each other. It’s so rude.B: Yeah. Or on the other hand, they give you the hard sell, and try to get you to buy something you don’t really want.Unit 5Crossing cultures10 Listening Unique customsListen to three people describing unique customs they observed while traveling.Complete the chart.1. AliceOne thing that I never really got used to when I was traveling in Asia was the way people make noise when they drink soup. I think it’s because they want to show that they’re really enjoying their food so they make a loud slurping noise. It always bothered me. I guess it’s because my parents spent years when I was a kid telling me not to make noise while I was eating.2. MarkWhen I lived in Spain, I was surprised at how late people eat in the evening. When you’re invited to dinner, you are asked to come around nine o’clock and you usually don’t start dinner until ten. And people stay terribly late –sometimes until two in the morning or even later. I found it difficult. How does one get up and go to work or school the next day after eating and drinking until three in the morning?3. SusanI lived in the Middle East for a while, and when I went out, I had to obey the local custom of wearing something over my head and wearing a dress that covered my whole body. At first, I found it a real nuisance, but after a while, I got used to it and even started to like it. You feel really secure, and also you don’t have to worry about what to wear all the time.Unit 6What’s wrong with it?P342 Conversation:Listen and practice.Clerk: Can I help you?Helen: Yes, I’d like to return this jacket.C: Is there something the matter with it?H: Yes. I didn’t notice when I bought it, but there are a few problems. First, it has a tear in the lining.C: Hmm, actually, it’s torn in several places.H: And some of the buttons are very loose, this one came off, in fact. And there’s a stain on the collar.C: I’m really sorry about this. Would you like to exchange it for another one?H: Well, to be honest, I don’t think this jacket is very well made. I’d rather get a refund. C: I understand. Do you have the receipt?P364 Listening Fair exchange?Listen to three customers returning items they purchased. Complete the chart.1.C: Can I help you?M: Yes, I bought this briefcase here last week, but there’s something wrong with the lock. I can’t get it to close properly.C: Let me see. Yes, I see what you mean. The lock seems to be jammed or something. No problem. I’ll get you another one. Sorry about that.2.W: Hi.C: Yes?W: I wonder if you could take a look at these shoes I bought here. They’re pretty new, but they seem to be falling apart.C: Hmm. Let me see. Yes, this doesn’t look right. The stitching is coming out. How long did you say you’ve had them?W: Only about a month. Here’s the receipt.C: Hmm…yes. Well, let me exchange these for you. I’m sorry for the inconvenience.3.M: Excuse me.C: Yes, how can I help you?M: You see this shirt? I bought it here a few weeks ago, but the first time I washed it, the color changed: It went from bright red to light pink.C: How did you wash it?M: Well, I just tossed it into the washing machine with my other clothes.C: What temperature did you use?M: I usually wash my clothes in hot water, so I guess hot.C: Well, did you check the washing instructions?M: Um…maybe not.C: Well, you see here on this label? It says, “Wash in cold water only.”M: Um-hmm.C: So I’m really sorry, but since you didn’t follow the washing instructions, I can’t really do anything for you.Unit 7The word we live inP402 ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: Excuse me. Would you like to make a contribution to Greener World? Carla: Sure. What are you working on right now?A: Well, we’re developing educational programs for schools. We want to show children how the oceans are being polluted by industrial waste. And we want to tell them about how fish supplies have been depleted through overfishing.C: I think what you’re doing is terrific. I wish I could do more to help.A: So, have you ever thought about becoming a member of Greener World?C: No, but tell me a little more about it.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What else has Greener World accomplished in their city?A: We’ve been active in this area for almost five years now. Are you aware of some of our other local projects?C: No, I don’t think I am.A: Well, one of the things we’ve been doing is planting trees. We have a group of volunteers involved in several tree-planting projects in different parts of the city. We’re trying to get as many trees planted as possible to help clean the air and also to help lower the temperature during the summer.C: That sounds smart.A: Uh-huh. We’ve also placed over 50 recycling bins around the city so that people can drop off things for recycling –cans, bottles, plastic bags, and newspapers. Last year we raised over $100,000 through recycling.C: That’s fantastic. I’d love to get involved in Greener World. Where do I sign?P425 Listening: Environmental solutionsA Listen to three people describing how come serious environmental problems are being solved. Write down the problem each one talks about.1. Jenny:J: You know, I’ve been reading a lot about the problem of landfills –and it really has me worried.M: Why?J: Well, it seems that the easiest way of disposing of trash is by burying it in landfills. The problem is that in many countries the landfills have already been filled up, and it’s hard to find places to start new ones. No one wants a huge landfill anywhere near their neighborhood.M: So what’s the solution?J: Well, there is no easy solution. But many cities are trying to do more recycling so that they can reduce the amount of stuff that goes into the landfills.2. Adam:W: I can’t believe it’s become dangerous to get a suntan. What is this world coming to?A: Well, the sun has never been good for you, but it’s really dangerous now. You see, the ozonosphere, which helps protect us from the sun’s ultraviolet rays, has been damaged by pollution in the air. When the ozone layer gets too thin, it can cause an increase in skin cancer and other problems.W: But is there anything we can do to solve the problem?A: Sure. One of the biggest threats to the ozone layer is cars –the exhaust gases from cars. The best way to save the ozone layer is to drive less. So in many places, people are being asked to carpool.3. Kate:K: You know, you always hear about air pollution, but not many people are aware of the problem of water pollution.M: You mean in the oceans?K: No. I mean polluted drinking water. It’s a problem in almost every major city in the world. Almost all our rivers and lakes –where we get our drinking water from –are being polluted in some way by businesses farms, homes, industries, and other sources. And even though the water most of us drink is treated, it’s still not 100 percent pure. M: So what’s the solution?K: Well, it’s a complicated problem to solve, but basically what’s involved is treating all waste products more carefully so that dangerous chemicals and bacteria don’t get into our water supply.P43ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: You know, there’s a factory outside town that’s pumping chemicals into the river.Carla: How can they do that? Isn’t that against the law?A: Yes, it is. But a lot of companies ignore those laws.C: That’s terrible! What can Greener World do?A: Well, on thing to do about it is to talk to the management.C: What if that doesn’t work?A: Well, then another way to stop them is to get a TV station to run a story on it.C: Yes! Companies hate bad publicity. By the way, what’s the name of this company? A: It’s called Apex Industries.C: Oh no! My uncle is one of their top executives!C Listen to the rest of the conversation. What do Andy and Carla decide to do? Carla: Wait a minute, Before Greener World does anything, shouldn’t we make sure that we’ve got our facts straight?Andy: Absolutely. The best thing to do is to monitor the situation over the next several weeks to see what exactly is happening.C: How do we do that?A: Well, we can take pictures of the river and even take water samples to see how had the situation is.C: OK. And maybe I could talk to my uncle about it.A: Oh, no, I don’t think that’s a good idea. Not yet, anyway.C: Why not?A: I don’t think we want to say anything to anyone until we have a clearer picture of what is going on. After we’ve monitored the situation for a while, then we can decide whether we need to have a meeting with a representative of the company to tell them what we’ve discovered. OK, Carla?C: OK.Unit 8Learning to learnP462 ConversationA Listen and practice.Paula: Do you want to take a class with me at the community college?Jason: Maybe. What are they offering?P: Well, here’s the course catalog. Take a look.J: Hmm. They’ve got a lot of language classes –Chinese, German, Japanese. Would you rather learn an Asian language or a European one?P: Um, actually, I think I’d rather take an art class. They have one on landscape photography and another on making videos.J: That sounds OK. But I think I’d prefer studying video to learning about photography. P: OH, wait. It says here that you need to provide your own video equipment.J: Oh, I’d rather not spend a lot of money. Let’s see what else they’re offering.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What course do they decide to take? Why? Paula: Hmm. Hey, this sounds kind of interesting: the art of bonsai.Jason: What’s bonsai?P: You know, those miniature trees they grow in little tubs. It says here that they have a course on how to grow them, and on how to develop a business selling bonsais. Apparently, you can sell them for up to $500 apiece.J: Really? Wow! That does sound good. We could learn how to grow them and then maybe set up a little business.P: Yeah. We could do it out at my dad’s place. He has lots of room to grow things in his garden.J: Is the course expensive? Do you have to buy any special equipment?P: It says no special equipment is required except plant containers and some young trees.J: Let’s check it out, then.P48Listening:A Listen to three people talking about the part-time courses they took recently.Complete the chart.1. LindaM: So, Linda, what have you been doing with yourself?L: Not much. Oh, wait! That’s not true. I took this great dancing course last semester. M: Oh, yeah! What kind of dancing?L: We learned tap dancing and square dancing.M: Wait……why on earth would you want to learn tap dancing and square dancing? It sounds exhausting.L: Oh, just for fun. You should try taking the course. You’ll see that you learn more than just dancing. You also learn how to be more confident and how to interact better with other people.M: Hmm. I think with all that hopping around I’d be too exhausted to interact with anyone.2. RichW: So, how did you enjoy your cooking course?R: It was great.W: What kinds of things did you learn to cook?R: Well, it was a course on vegetarian cooking.W: I didn’t know you were a vegetarian.R: Oh, I’m not. But a lot of people are these days. So I thought it would be useful to know how to make some interesting dishes without meat for times when I invite friends over for dinner.W: Hmm. Well, I guess that makes sense.R: Oh, but we learned more than just cooking. They also taught us all kinds of useful things about…uh…the health value of different kinds of vegetables, and how to prepare them so that you don’t remove all the valuable vitamins and minerals that they contain. W: So…uh…when’s dinner?B Listen to two other people explain how they learn new words in a foreign language. What techniques do they use?First personI keep a record of new words I come across. Then I make up study cards. I write the word on one side of the card and the meaning on the other side. Oh, and I always include at least one sentence with the word in it. Then I go through the cards whenever I have some spare time –like when. I’m waiting for my clothes at the Laundromat or between classes –and study the words until I know them by heart. Every week or so, I organize the cards into categories: you know, I put all the words together that have to do with food…or work…or home…or school…whatever I can find that my new words have in common.Second person。
成熙英语高级文本.doc
成熙英语高级文本.doc－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－－Unit1 That's what friends are for.1.Do you have a date for the party yet?Do you have a date for the party yet?Actually,I don't.Do you know anyone I could go with?em..what kind of guys do you like?oh,I like guys who aren't too serious,and who have a good sense of humor.You know,someone like you.okay,erm,what else?Well I prefer someone I have something in common with,who i can talk to easily.I think i know just the guy for you,Bob..Do you know him?No,i don't think so.okay,I'll ask him to meet us for coffee,and you can tell me what you think.2.So,what's the verdict?So,what's the verdict?What did you think of Bob?Well,I was worried at first,especially when I saw that he rode a huge motorcycle.I thought he might turn out to be one of those guys who is into heavy metal music and stuff like that.You know what I mean?But he is just a regular kind of guy right?Yeah,we got along really well.I knew you'd like him!Yeah.I do.And he is really funny!He had me laughing hysterically at the coffee shop,remember?I think the people sitting next to us thought we were crazy.So,are you two going to get together again?Definitely.In fact,we 'll going to the party together.That is great!3.AndreaSo,Have you seen Andrea lately?yeah,I see her pretty ofen.We work together at cafe latte.How's she doing?I've been meaning to call her.Well,to be honest,I've always thought she was a little difficult.These days,I find her impossible.What do you mean?Oh,you know how she is,she has such strong ideas about everything,and if you don't agree with her,she lets you know what she thinks of you!yes,that's true.But that's why we love her,right?I guess so.But she's changed a lot since she started college.She talks about herself all the time.And she always manages to mention how good she is at everything she does.em,maybe i won't call her after all.4.Mr.JohnsonHave you met the new apartment manager?Mr. Jonnson?yeah,i met him last week.He's...a little strange.yeah,he is.I'm not sure i like him.He's hard to predict.Sometime he's pretty cheerful and talktive,and the next day,he doesn't even say hello.I think he must have personal problems or something.I think you're right.And have you noticed that half the time when he says he's going to do something,he never actually does it?He told me three times he comes to fix the light in my kitchen.And he still hasn't done it.Unit2 Career moves1.CarlorsSo,where are you working this summer,Carlors?I'm working as a tutor in a learning Central for kids.Interesting,what kinds of things do the kids do there?Well,they work on subjects they need help in.Erm..mainly math and English.Is your job hard?No,not at all.The kids work on computers most of the time.We have to help them started and be there when they run into problems.Do you enjoy it?Oh,yes.Working with kids is so much more fun than working with adults. And I get to choose my own hours.As long as I work eight hours a day,I can come in at anytime from eight am to nine pm.Lucky you.2.JuliaSo,what kind of job did you find for the summer?I'm working for a marketing company.I'm doing telephone marketing.Oh,so you're one of those people who drives me crazy by calling me up and trying to persuade me to buy something that I have absolutely no need for?Exactly.Do you like it?Believe it or not,I do.It's mostly a bunch of students working there,and we have a lot fun when we are not making calls.too.It's really easy,too.Since we just have to read from a script.Are you doing this full time?Yeah,but I work from two in the afternoon until eleven at night.So I get to sleep as late as I want to in the morning.3.PaulPaul,Did you find your summer job yet?Yeah,I'm working in a restaurant.Oh,How's it going?Oh,the money is not bad.What are you doing?Are you waiting tables?I wish.No,I'm working in the kitchen.I cut up stuff for the chef,vegetables and meat and things.I also wash the dishes.Oh,yake!Yeah,It's pretty hard work.I didn't realize how hot it is in a restaurant kitchen until I took this job.So why don't you quit?I'd love to!But I need the money.4.TonyWhy the long face,Tony?Oh,I get some bad news today.What happened?Well,you know my job at the design studio?Yes?Well..Oh no..Oh yes!Today the boss called me into his office and tell me they had to lay me off.That means as of April 30th ,I'm out of work!oh..No more job!Oh ,Tony,I'm so sorry.You said you really like working there,too.Yeah,well,It's not all bad news.The boss told me there's still a small chance that the company would call me back in the summer if the work picked up.You never know What'll happen,they may need me than.This is so sudden,isn't it?Well,not really.Say,the boss also explained that two other employees had already been laid off.I had feeling I might be the next one in line.You know,I've only been working there ten months.So we don't have any seniority.If they're going to lay someone off,it's always going to the newer employees first.What are you going to do?Like i said i still get a job until the end of the month.Starting in May,I plan to send out resumes and go on some interviews.may..Depending on the outcome of the interviews,I may..Unit3 What's wrong with it1.BrifecaseCan I help you?Yes, I bought this briefcase here last week.There're something wrong with the lock.I can't get it to close properly.Let me see...Yes I see what you mean.The lock seems to be jamed or something.No problem,I'll get you another one.Sorry about that.2.ShirtExcuse me?Yes?How can I help you?You see that shirt,I bought it here a few weeks ago,but the first time I washed it,the color changed.It went from bright red to light pink.How did you wash it?Well ,I just tossed it into the washing machine with my other clothes. What temperature did you use?I usually wash my clothes in the hot water,so I guess hot!Well,did you check the washing instructions?Am..Maybe not.Well you see here on this label,it says wash in cold water only.Aha..So I'm really sorry.But,since you didn't follow the washing instruction,I can really do anything for you.3.ShoesExcuse me.Yes?I wonder if you could take o look at these shoes I bought here.They are pretty new,but they seemed to be falling apart.em,let me see.Yes,this doesn't look right.The stitching is coming out.How long did you say you've had them?Only about a month,Here's the receipt.em,yes,well,let me exchange this for you.I'm sorry for the inconvenience.4.High AchieverDo you wanna be a high achiever?Then you're going to have to think like a high achiever.Are you ready to change the way you think?Are you willing to change the way you do things?Then it sounds like you're ready to be high achievers!The first thing you've got to keep in mind is that life is a constant process of learning.The secret of any kind of success is education.And we're all able to take in much more information than we think we can.People who aim to be high achievers can take advantage of this in a number of ways.For example,no matter what you're trying to achieve,make sure to absorb information about it every day.Get books、articles、CD-Roms、DVDs,and search the web.Do whatever you can to increase your knowledge in your chosen field.And whenever they're available,take courses that will build your knowledge in the area you're interested in.In conversations with many high achievers over the years,I've come to understand that high achievers always accept total responsibility for their situation.In order to develop this quality in yourself,practice not blaming other people for you failures.Also try not using difficult situations as excuses.High achievers know that the keys to success are always in their hands. But that is their responsibility to use them.Now we come to the quality of high achievers that I think many people have the most trouble developing in themselves.I'm talking about the vital quality of being a risk-taker.Now，if you're already willing to take risks,that's great!If not,you've got to practice going after opportunities that are a little risky. Think of something you've always wanted,but were afraid to try for.Then,go for it！Even if you're going out of your comfort zone.Remember,no pain,no gain.Devil wears in Prada 穿普拉达的女王Do you know why I hired you?I always hire the same girl：stylish, slender, of course worships the magazine.But so often, they turn out to be... I don't know, disappointing, and um, stupid.So you, with that impressive resume and the big speech about your so-called work ethic.I, um…I thought you would be different.I said to myself, go ahead, take a chance, hire the smart , fat girl .I had hope, my god, I live on it.Anyway you ended up disappointing me more than , um, more than any of the other silly girls. Um...I really did everything I could think of.That's all.Excuse me,where do you think you're going?She hates me, Nigel.And that's my problem because...oh, wait, no, it's not my problem.I don't know what else I can do, because if I do something right, it's unacknowledged, she doesn't even say thank you.But if I do something wrong, she is vicious. So quit. What? Quit. Qui…？ I can get another girl to take your job in five minutes...one who really wants it. No,I don't wanna quit, that's not fair.But I…you know, I'm just saying that I would just like a little credit for the fact that I'm killingmyself trying. Andy, be serious.You are not trying, you are whining. What is it that you want me to say to you, huh? Do you want me to say:"Poor you, Miranda's picking on you, poor you, poor Andy?"Hmm, wake up, six.She is just doing her job.Don't you know that you are working at the place that published some of the greatest artists of the century?Halston, Lagerfled, de la Renta.And what they did, what they created, was greater than art because you live your life in it. Well, not you, obviously, but some people.You think this is just a magazine, hmm?That is not just a magazine.This is a shining beacon of hope for…oh, I don't know…Let's say a youny boy growing up in Rhode Island with six brothers pretending to go to soccer practice when he was really going to sewing class, and reading Runway under the covers at night with a flashlight.You have no idea how many legends have walked these halls.And what's worse, you don't care, because this place , where so many people would die to work, you only deign to work.And you want to know why she doesn't kiss you on the forehead and five you gold star on your homwork at the end of the day.Wake up, sweetheart. Okay, so I 'm screwing it up, I don't want to ...I just wish tha tI know that I could do to... Haslton 侯斯顿Lagerfled 拉格尔格伦Oscar De la Renta 奥斯卡德拉伦塔beacon /ˈbiːkən/ 信号，烽火灯Rhode 罗德岛legend /ˈlɛdʒənd/神话Unit6 Cloth and Appearanceliposuction 抽脂术stunning 极好的，美呆了gorgeous 灿烂的，华丽的double eyelid surgery 割双眼皮get a nose job 隆鼻implant 植入体airbrushed and editited anyway修过图的The people in that movie were so beautiful, the lead actress was stunning, I wish I looked like her. Yes,she was beautiful,although I hear she's had a lot of surgery to get her looking that way. Really? Like what？I think she's had liposuction and double eyelid surgery.Oh yes.I've got a friend who's had double eyelid surgery and she looks great now.Really?Yeah,I was actually considering having it done too.Are you serious?But I think you're perfect the way you are.And I'm not just saying that.Um..Thanks Alice.But let's face it.I'm nothing compared to that actress.Maybe I should get a nose job ,too.I would love to have a straighter nose like hers.Oh and maybe implants to make my lips fuller as well.Wow,don't get carried away.I might not be able to recognize you after all of that.What if you get it done,and you decide you don't like your new look？And wouldn't you be worried about the surgery going wrong?Not really.I think the risks are quite small.Is it really worth it though?There's no point comparing yourself to movie stars.They spend hours in make up to get them looking like that.And all their pictures are airbrushed and editied anyway.They don't look like that in real life.Nobody's perfect.em..Yeah that's true I suppose.Well just make sure is what you really want before you make any rash decisions.Anyway let's talk about something else before you get any more crazy ideas into your head.sweat pantsa jogging suitjerseys 运动衣球衣sporty looklight-colored slack 休闲长裤polo shirt 翻领短袖goth look 哥特风黑色长裙长靴烟熏妆long flowing floral skirts 长的飘逸的碎花裙子long tunics and layers 一层一层the Bohemian look 波西米亚风preppy look学院风2 SatokoWell you know,It's funny,My mother's from Japan and she's very old-fashioned.But ever since I was a little girl,I have never really been interested in wearing traditional Japanese clothing like a kimono or anything.My mom used to get a little angry at me,but the thing is,I never felt comfortable.Well,when I was old enough,I finally bought the clothes I liked.And I went for a total goth look.I wore long black dresses,heavy black boots and dark makeup.My mother really hated it.But I guess I wanted to make a statement.Now that I'm in college,I just wear comfortable fun clothes.Mostly long flowing floral skirts and dresses,long tunics and lots of layers.I guess you would call it the Bohemian look.3 CarlosWell , I was really into sports in high school.And I was always wearing sweat pants , a jogging suit or Jerseys with numbers on them.I didn't have much time for fashion.I guess I had sporty look.But nowadays,you'll almost always see me in light-colored slacks,a nice polo shirt and maybe a sweater when it's cold.A lot of people call it the preppy look.I don't think I need to change it.It worked for me in college,and it works for me now.It's a classic look.Naturally,I'll put on something formal if I'm going to a wedding or a special event.And when I planned to do something athletic,then of course I wear sports clothes.4.GabriellaPeople say,you know,that personality is more important than how people look.But honestly,when you meet someone,you don't see that personalities .You see how they look first.Clothes are like important to me.They don't have to wear the same thing I wear.But they should look,I don't know,stylish.5.JoonWell,in a social sitting,a party,club or restaurant something like that.I like to look at person's face.Ar..But in a business sitting.It's somewhat different.It's more people's overall appearance that matters.I like to see how people appealed others,how they interact,how they present themselves to people.You know,I think it's actually,I like to see their level of confidence.I think confidence is what's important to me.6.AliceAr..when I meet new people,er,I guess it's their eyes .They have to be big,kind,and ham..interesting.Er..I really don't care about clothing or hair color or anything like that. Unit7 Crossing culturesSlurpingSaudi Arabianuisance 烦恼的人或事secureAliceOne thing that I had to get used to when I was traveling in Korea was the way people make noise when they drink soup.I think It's because they want to show that they're really enjoying their food.So they make a slerping noise.It bothered me at first.But then I get used to it.I guess It's because my parents spent years when I was a kid telling me not to make noise while I was eating.JohnWhen I lived in Spain,I was surprised at how late people eat in the evening.When you're invited to dinner,you're asked to come around nine o'clock.And you usually don't start dinner until ten.And people stay terribly late.Sometimes until two in the morning , or even later.I found it difficult.How does one get up and go to work or school the next day after eating and talking until three in the morning?SusanI lived in Saudi Arabia for a while,and when I went out,I had to obey the local custom of putting something over my head.And wearing clothing that covered my whole body.At first ,I found it a real nuisance.But after a while ,I got used to it.And even started to like it.You feel really secure.And also,you don't have to worry about what to wear all the time.Unit8 Life is little lessons1.So what were you like when you were younger?When I was a kid I was kind of irresponsible.You?Really?What made you change?Graduating from high school.What do you mean?Well,until I graduated.I never had any important responsibilities.But then I went off to college.I know what you mean.I was really immature when I was a teenager.So what made you change?I think I became more mature after I got my first job and moved away from home.Once I hada job,I became totally independent.Where did you work?I work for my dad at the bank.2.Another turning point for me was when I got my dog Pepper.I know that sounds silly,but it was really important to me.Why was that so important?Well,I was about 11,I rememberd that having a dog,you know,he was mine,made me feel really really responsible in a funny kind of way.He would follow me everywhere and was always waiting for me when Icame home from school.Actually that sounds kind of nine,I never got to have a dog.But I remembered when I got my first bicycle.That was a very important day for me.For the first time,I could go out on my own and go as far as I wanted to.I used to polish the bicycle everyday and take really good care of it.Of course that only lasted a few months,and then I lost interest in it.3.I have to say, five years ago, I was a completely different person.I never said much in a crowd and I always try to avoid making small talk with people I didn't know very well.But really, I was just incredibly shy and reserved.Anyway, then I went away to college and I had this roommate Nora.She had a great sense of humor and laughed at all my jokes.That really gave me a lot of confidence.Nora and I joined a small study group at school.When we finished studying, a bunch of us go out for coffee. Conversation is easy, because we all have a lot of the same interests. Now my new friends think of me as the funny one in the group,can you believe it?So I'd say I'm much more friendly and outgoing now.I don't worry about speaking up and giving my opinion anymore.In fact, I'm thinking about joining a few more clubs, so I can meet even more new people and do more things.4.Well I guess the biggest change in my life over the last five years is that I got married.You know, I used to be into going out with friends every weekend and staying out late.When we were pretty wild and crazy back then.Now I'm more of a family man.I don't mind staying at home watching TV , that kind of thing.I'm even learning to cook.It's not so bad.I guess you could say that I started to grow up.I wasn't so interested in going out all the time.I was ready to settle down and have a family.I have to be honest, my heart wasn't really in the right place before.I mean, before I didn't mind being , well, a little irresponsible at times, even selfish.I was always out having fun with my friends, but I never wanted to hear about their problems.I just didn't care.But with my wife and little boy,it's different.I'm trying to become more,you know,more kind and generous.I want to be there to help them out, no matter how samll the problem is.5.One thing that was really a turning point for me was when I learned Spanish.I was always kind of scared of learning a foreign language.Yet, I was really envious of kids who could speak another language.But when I started learning Spanish, I found I was actually pretty good at it.And the moment I reached at breakthrough stage, you know, when you discovered you can actually speak and communicate with people in that language, I felt really proud of myself.I realized that learning a foreign language wasn't an impossible thing after all.Now I can speak three, Spanish , Italian, and German.And I'm taking Korean this year.6.I'm a twin.And my twin brother and I have always been very close.We always did everything together.And we were never apart for anytime at all , until we were 18.Then we went to different colleges in different towns.And that was the first time,we had ever really had to cope on our own.I think it was good in a way, because we both became more confident and independent.Until then,I'd always had my brother to depend on whenever I ran into a problem.But once I went away to college, I realized that I was actually capable of working things out on my own.#1Ducks and people both love clean air.We all need clean air to stay healthy.Take a deep breath, how was that?Imaging if you've lived in a place where there was a lot of air pollution,with the air contained gases ,dust, fumes or odors and harmful amounts.Yack! Would you be able to breathe easy in the place like that?#2The ozone layer forms a thin shield between the earth and sun.It protects life on earth from the sun's ultraviolet or UV rays.In the 1980's , scientist began finding clues that the ozone layer was disappearing.This allows more UV radiation to reach the earth surface.Too much UV can cause bad healthy affects,like skin cancer and eye damage.#3All living things need water to survive,even people and ducks.So rain is very important.But not all rain is good for you.There's a special kind of rain called acid rain.And it's very dangerous.Acid rain comes from pollution in the air, acid gas is from factories,cars and homes.Most of these acid gases are blown to the sky.And when they mix with the clouds,it can cause rain or snow,sleet,fog,mist or hail to become more acedic.#4Did you know that each day a person breathe about 35 pounds of air? And takes about 20000 breath?One way you can help keep the air clean for everyone is to take a bus ,bicycle and walk,instead of riding in a car.Unit9 The world we live inacid rain 酸雨acid snowocean coastlinesautomobile pollutionair pollutionsmog smoke fognoxiousstacksliningbloodstream血液livestock畜牧业contaminateeat up吞噬poverty贫穷overcrowdinggases dustfumesodorsharmful amounts ozone layerthin shield屏障ultraviolet紫外线UV raysUV radiation blow吹snowsleet雨夹雪fogmist薄雾hail冰雹acetic1.Look at all those dead fish, what do you think happened?Well, there's a factory outside town, that's pumping chemicals into the river.How can them do that? Isn't that against the law?Yes it is.But a lot of companys ignore those laws.That's terrible.What can we do about it?Well, one thing to do about it is to talk to the company's management.What if that doesn't work?Well then , another way to stop them is to get a TV station to run a story on it.Yes ,companys hate bad publicity!By the way, what's the name of this company?It's called A pex industry.Oh, no.My uncle is one of their top executives!2.Wait a minute, before we do anything, shouldn't we make sure that we've got our facts straight? Absolutely, the best thing to do is to monitor the situation over the next several weeks to see what exactly is happening.How do we do that?Well,we can take pictures of the river and even take water samples to see how bad the situation is.We can get some friends to help.Okay,and maybe I could talk to my uncle about it.Oh no,I don't think that's a good idea,not yet,anyway.Why not?I don't think we wanna say anything to anyone until we have a clearer picture of what is going on.After we've monitored the situation for a while,then we can decide whether we need to havea meeting with a representative to tell them what we've discovered.Ok,Calo?Ok.3. Kate: K: You know, you always hear about air pollution, but not many people are aware of the problem of water pollution. M: You mean in the oceans? K: No. I mean polluted drinking water. It’s a problem in almost every major city in the world. Almost all our rivers and lakes –where we get our drinking water from –are being polluted in some way by businesses farms, homes, industries, and other sources. And even though the water most of us drink is treated, it’s still not a100 percent pure. M: So what’s the solution? K: Well, it’s a complicated problem to solve, but basically what’s involved is treating all waste products more carefully so that dangerous chemicals and bacteria don’t get into our water supplyUnit 10 Learning to learn1.So,Linda,What have you been doing with yourself?Not much, oh,wait,that's not true.I took this great dancing class last semester.Oh Yeah.What kind of dancing?We learned African dance and Samba.Wait,why would you want to learn African dance and Samba.It sounds exhausting.And it's not like you would dance that way in the clubs.Oh just for fun, you should try taking the class.You'll see that you learn more than just dancing.You also learn how to be more confident and how to interact better with other people.Em,I think with all that dancing around,I'd be too exhausted to interact with anyone.2.So how did you enjoy your cooking course?It was great.What kinds of things did you learn to cook?Well it's a course on vegetarian cooking.I didn't know you're a vegetarian.Oh I'm not.But a lot of people are these days.So I thought it would be useful to know how to make some interesting dishes without meat for times when I invite friends over for dinner.Em well I guess that make sense.Oh but we learn more than just cooking,they also taught us all kinds of useful thing about,you know,the health value of different kinds of vegetables and how to prepare them so that you don't remove all the vitamins they contain.So e..when's dinner?Unit 111.Work, in the future?Well I think unemployment is going to keep getting worse.I agree.As companys get more efficient and more computerize.They're finding ways of using less staffs.So I guess people will find it hard to get a good job unless they have excellent qualifications.。
成熙高级英语听力脚本27494
Unit 1That’s what friends are for!P22 ConversationA Listen and practice.Chris: Do you have a date for the party yet?Kim: Actually, I don’t ……Do you think you could help me find one?Chris: Hmm. What kind of guys do you like?Kim: Oh, I like guys who aren’t too serious and who have a good sense of humor. You know ... like you.Chris: OK. What else?Kim: Well, I’d prefer someone I have something in common with –who I can talk to easily.Chris: I think I know just the guy for you. Bob Branson. Do you know him?Kim: No, I don’t think so.Chris: Let me arrange for you to meet him, and you can tell me what you think.B Listen to Chris and Kim discussing Bob after Kim met him. How did Kim like him? Chris: So, what’s the Verdict? What did you think of Bob?Kim: Well, I was worried at first especially when I saw that he wears not one buttwo earrings, I thought he might turn out to be one of those guys who are into heavy rock music and stuff like that. You know what I mean?Chris: But he’s just a regular kind of guy, right?Kim: Yeah, we got along really well!Chris: I just knew you’d like him.Kim: Yeah, I do, and he’s really funny. He had me laughing hystericallyduring dinner. I think the people sitting next to us in the restaurant thought we were crazy.Chris: So, are you two going to get together again?Kim: Definitely, in fact, we’re going to a concert tomorrow night.Chris: That’s great.P4Listening What are they like?B Listen to conversations about what the people above are like.Write down two adjectives for each person. How similar were your guesses?1. AndreaA: So, have you seen Andrea lately?B: Yeah, I see her pretty often. We work together at a cafélatté.A: How’s she doing, I’ve been meaning to call her.B: Well, to be honest! I’ve always thought she’s a little difficult. But these days, I find her impossible.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, you know how she is. She has such strong ideas about everything. If you don’t agree with her she lets you know what she thinks of you.A: Yes, that’s true. But that’s why we love her, right?B: Yeah, I guess so. But she’s changed a lot since she started college.She talked about herself all the time and she always manages to mention how good she is at everything she does.A: Hmm. Maybe I won’t call her after all.2. JamesA: Are you going to James party on Saturday?B: Of course, James always gives the best parties. And there are always lots of interesting new people to meet.A: That’s true. I don’t know where he manages to find them all.B: Well, you know what he’s like. He makes friends very easily. He really likes talking to people, and he loves inviting people over.A: Ur –Ur, he invited me for dinner last Saturday, what a feast!B: Yeah, he’s a great cook too.A: After dinner I offered to help clean up, he told me not to worry about it. He said he’d take care of it in the morning. He was like. It’s nothing, no big deal.B: Yup, that sounds like James.3. Mr. JohnsonA: Have you met the new apartment manager?B: Mr. Johnson? Hmm. Yeah, I met him last week. He’s…a little strange.A: Yeah, he is. I’m not sure I like him. He’s hard to predict. Sometimes he’s pretty cheerful and talkative,and the next day he doesn’t even say hello. I think he must have personal problems or something.B: I think you’re right. And have you noticed that half the time when he says he’s going to do something, he never actually does it? He told me three times he’d come to fix the light in my kitchen, and he still hasn’t done it.Unit 2Career movesA listen and practice.Tracy: Good news! I’ve found a summer job!Mark: That’s great! Anything interesting?T: Yes, working at an amusement park. Doesn’t that sound fantastic?M: Sure, it does.T: So, have you found anything?M: Nothing yet, but I’ve got a couple of leads. One is working as an intern for a record company –mostly answering phones. Or I can get a landscaping job again.T: Being an intern sounds more interesting than landscaping. And it’s probably not as hard!M: Yeah, but a landscaper earns more money than an intern. And you get a great tan!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What is Tracy going to do at the amusement park?M: So what will you be doing at the amusement park, exactly?T: Actually, I’ll have two jobs. First, I’ll be working at a place called Children’s World. They have all kinds of interesting games and educational activities for young kids. I have to go to a training program for three days before I start to find out how everything works. M: Three days? Wow, the equipment must be pretty high-tech!T: Oh, it is –a lot of computers and interesting devices. It’s just the kind of stuff that kids love.M: Well, it sounds like the perfect job for you. I know how much you live kids. So what’s your other job?T: Well. I’ll also be one of the people who walks around the park greeting people. M: Do you mean you’ll have to dress up in a costume?T: Yes, as a cartoon character! I know, I know. It sounds silly. And it’s certainly not as rewarding as working in Children’s World, but it’s part of the job.CarolsWoman: So where are you working this summer, Carols?Carlos: I’m working as a tutor in a learning center for kids.W: Interesting. What kinds of things do the kids do there?C: They work on subjects they need help in, uh, mainly math and English.W: Is your job hard?C: No, not at all. The kids work on computers most of the time. We have to help them get started and when they run into problems.W: Do you enjoy it?C: Oh, yes. Working with kids is so much more fun than working with adults. And I get to choose my own hours. As long as I work eight hours a day, I can come in at any time from 8 A.M. TO 9 P.M.W: Lucky you!PaulWoman: Paul, did you find a summer job, yet?Paul: Yeah, I’m working in a restaurant.W: Oh, how’s it going?P: Oh, the money’s not bad.W: What are you doing? Are you waiting tables?P: I wish! No. I’m working in the kitchen. I cut up stuff for the chef –vegetables and meat and things.I also wash the dishes.W: Oh, yuck.P: Yeah. It’s pretty hard work. I didn’t realize how hot it is in a restaurant kitchen until I took this job.W: So why don’t you quit?P: I’d love to, but I need the money.JuliaMan: So what kind of job did you find for the summer?Julia: I’m working for a marketing company. I’m doing telephone marketing.M: Oh, so you’re one of those people who drives me crazy by calling me up and trying to persuade me to buy something that I have absolutely no need for.J: Exactly.M: Do you like it?J: Believe it or not, I do. It’s mostly a bunch of students working there, and we have a lot of fun when we’re not making calls. It’s really easy, too, since we just have to read from a script.M: Are you doing this full time?J: Yes, but I work from two in the afternoon until eleven at night, so I get to sleep as late as I want to in the morning.Unit 3Could you do me a favor?P142 ConversationA Listen and practice.Jack: Hi, Rod. This is Jack.Rod: Oh, hi, Jack. What’s up?J: I’m going to my best friend’s wedding this weekend. I’d love to videotape it. Would you mind if I borrowed you video camera?R: Um, yeah. That’s OK, I guess. I don’t think I’ll need it for anything.J: Thanks a million.R: Sure. Have you used a video camera before? It’s pretty easy.J: Yeah, a couple of times. Would it be OK if I picked it up on Friday night?R: Fine. No problem.B Listen to two more telephone calls Jack makes. What else does he want to borrow from friends? Do they agree to lend them to him?1.Andy: Hello.Jacj: Hi, Andy. This is Jack.A: Oh, hi, Jack.J: I was wondering if you could do me a favor.A: That depends.J: Well, I have to go to a wedding this weekend. Would it be OK if I borrowed your navy blue suit?A: Oh, sure. No problem.J: Thanks a lot. I’ll come by and pick it up tonight.A: That’s fine.2.Rose: Rose Rizzo.Jack: Hi, Rose. This is Jack.R: Oh, hello. How are you?J: Pretty good, thanks. Listen, the reason I’m calling is I have a really big favor to ask you.R: Yes?J: Remember I told you about that friend of mine who’s getting married to a woman he met in Barcelona?R: Yeah, I remember. And?J: Well, the wedding’s this Saturday afternoon, and it’s out in the country –about an hour’s drive from here –and I was wondering if I could borrow your car for the afternoon to get there.R: Gee, Jack, I’d really love to help you out, but I’m going to be needing my car all weekend. I’ve got a friend coming in from out of town, and I promised to show her the sights.J: Oh, OK. I understand. Anyway, how are things? I haven’t seen you for ages.R: Oh, pretty good.P165 ListeningA Listen to three telephone conversations. Write down what each caller requests. Does the other person agree to the request? Check (√) Yes or No.1. TinaRobert: Hello?Tina: Hi, Robert. This is Tina.R: Hi, Tina. What’s up?T: Well, actually, I was wondering if you’d mind lending me your camera for a few days.I want to take some photos of my new apartment to send to my folks.R: Sure. You can borrow it.T: Oh, thanks a million.2. MikeMike: Hi, Sandy. This is Mike.Sandy: Oh, hi. How are things with you?M: Pretty good. Listen. I was wondering if I could use your video game system over the weekend.S: You mean my Sony Play Station?M: Yeah. My sister’s asked me to take care of my niece and nephew over the weekend–they’re six and eight –and I thought it would be a great way to keep them busy.S: That’s a good idea –kids that age love video games –but, well, I have bad news: My machine isn’t working.I’ve been meaning to take it in to get fixed, but I haven’t gotten around to it.M: Oh, too bad.S: But you know you can always rent one. Most video stores have machines to rent. You just have to leave a deposit.M: Oh, perfect. I’ll do that. Thanks, Sandy.S: No problem.3. PhilPhil: Hi, Greg. It’s Phil.Greg: Hi. What’s up?P: Not much, but I was wondering if I could ask you for a favor.G: Hmm…maybe. Try me!P: Well, I have to go out of town for a few days next week.G: Uh-huh.P: Could I leave Polly with you while I’m gone?G: Polly? Who’s Polly?P: You know –Polly, my bird.G: Oh, yeah. I forgot, your bird. I don’t know, Phil. I really don’t like birds very much. They’re messy, and they make a lot of noise, and…P: No, not Polly. She’s really a great bird. She’s really clean and very quiet. She won’t bother you –I promise.G: Oh, all right. I’ll do it.P: Thanks. I really appreciate it. I’ll bring her over on Tuesday night.G: OK. But you owe me one!P178 ConversationA Listen and practice.Amy: Hello?Jeff: Hello. May I speak to Sophia, please?A: I’m sorry, she’s not in right now. Would you like to leave a message?J: Yes, please. This is Jeff. Would you tell her that Tony is having a party on Saturday? A: Un-huh.J: And would you ask her if she’d like to go with me?A: All right, Peter. I’ll give her the message.J: No, this is Jeff, not Peter.A: Oh, I’m sorry.J: By the way, who’s Peter?B Listen to Amy talking to Sophia. Who is Peter? Is Sophia going to go to the party with Jeff?Sophia: Hi! I’m home!A: Oh, hi.S: Did anyone call?A: Uh-huh. Your old friend Peter called a few hours ago. He’s going to be in town on Saturday and wants to get together with you Saturday night. He said to call him.S: Oh, super! I haven’t seen Peter in almost a year. Any other calls?A: Uh, yeah. Jeff called. He wants to know if you want to go to Tony’s party with him. S: Oh. When is Tony’s party?A: On Saturday.S: Oh, perfect. That’s the same night I’m going to get together with Peter, so I have an excuse not to go. Even if I weren’t going out with Peter, I wouldn’t go anywhere with Jeff. Oh, he’s such a pain!A: Oh, he didn’t sound so bad. He sounded kind of sweet.S: Yeah, yeah, I guess he is. It’s just that I don’t want to go out with him –and he just doesn’t seem to get the message. Do me a favor. Amy: If he calls again, could you just tell him I’m not home?A: Hmm. OK.Unit 4What a story!P202 Conversation StorytellingA Listen and practice.Jake: What an awful story! A couple was sailing their yacht from Hawaii to Mexico. While they were crossing the Pacific, their boat hit a whale and sank!Anne: Is that true? What happened to the whale?J: It doesn’t say! Oh and here’s another one. A guy in Los Angles was robbing a bank. But as he was escaping, he got caught in the revolving door.A: I guess it was his first bank robbery!J: Yeah. On and listen to this. Some guy got locked out of his house, so he tried to get in through the chimney.A: Don’t tell me! He got stuck in the chimney!J: Exactly. And he was still trying to get out two days later when the police rescued him.1.A man who considered himself a snake charmer was strangled to death on Sunday by a three-and-a-half-meter boa constrictor in a town in Thailand. It seems that the man rushed to see the giant snake after friends told him the serpent was seen beside one of the town’s main roads. The snake charmer put it around his neck; while he and his friends were walking home, the snake strangled him to death.2.Early Tuesday morning in California, two police officers who were pursuing a car thief down Hollywood Boulevard in a high-speed chase were rescued by the thief. During the chase, the officers’car overturned and fell into a shallow river. The officers couldn’t get out of the car, which was rapidly filling up with water. The thief went back to the scene of the accident and helped rescue the officers. The Hollywood Police Department has decided to drop charges against the thief for saving the officers’lives.A Listen and practice.Brian: Someone stole my wallet last night!Kate: Oh no! What happened?B: Well, I was working out, and I had put my stuff in my locker, just like I always do. When I came back, someone had stolen my wallet. I guess I’d forgotten to lock the locker.K: I’m sorry. That’s terrible! Did you lose much money?B: Only about $20. But I lost my credit card and my driver’s license. What a pain!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What did Kate have stolen once? Where was she? What happened?K: Hmm. That reminds me of when I had my purse stolen last year.B: Really? What happened?K: Well, it was when I was in Belgium. I was on my way to the airport, so I was standing on the side of the road with my bags, trying to figure out the bus schedule. Anyway, this a bunch of guys came by and asked if they could help me. They spoke very broken English, and I couldn’t really understand what they were saying. I really just wanted them to leave me alone. Finally, they left and when I looked down, I realized my purse had disappeared. It had my wallet in it with all my traveler’s checks and my money and my credit card. Well, luckily, I had put my airline ticket and my passport in one of my carry-on bags.B: How awful! So what did you do?K: Well, first I screamed at the top of my lungs and tried to run after the guys –but they were long gone. Then –this sounds really corny –I did just what I had seenpeople do on TV: I called my credit card company. B: Were they helpful?K: They were lifesavers! In no time at all, they’d given me new traveler’s checks and a new credit card, and sent me on my way. Review of Units 1-4P262 Listening Favorite gripesA Listen to two people discussing these topics. Complete the chart.1 Taxi driversA: It really upsets me when taxi drivers drive so fast. I’m always terrified of having an accident.B: That doesn’t really bother me. I like to get where I’m going quickly. But I can’t stand it when they have their radios turned up all the way full blast. You can’t even hear yourself think!2 People with dogsA: I hate it when people take their dogs into a park and let them make messes all over the place. It’s so irresponsible!B: You know what bothers me? I hate it when they go out and leave their dog at home, barking all day.3 TV commercialsA: I can’t stand it when they show the same commercial twice in a row. Why do they do chat? It drives me crazy!B: The thing that bothers me the most is when they interrupt a ball game at the most exciting moment to show some stupid commercial.4 Store clerksA: It really upsets me when store clerks pretend they haven’t noticed you and just stand around chatting to each other. It’s so rude.B: Yeah. Or on the other hand, they give you the hard sell, and try to get you to buy something you don’t really want.Unit 5Crossing cultures10 Listening Unique customsListen to three people describing unique customs they observed while traveling. Complete the chart.1. AliceOne thing that I never really got used to when I was traveling in Asia was the way people make noise when they drink soup. I think it’s because they want to show that they’re really enjoying their food so they make a loud slurping noise. It always bothered me. I guess it’s because my parents spent years when I was a kid telling me not to make noise while I was eating.2. MarkWhen I lived in Spain, I was surprised at how late people eat in the evening. When you’re invited to dinner, you are asked to come around nine o’clock and you usually don’t start dinner until ten. And people stay terribly late –sometimes until two in the morning or even later. I found it difficult. How does one get up and go to work or school the next day after eating and drinking until three in the morning?3. SusanI lived in the Middle East for a while, and when I went out, I had to obey the local custom of wearing something over my head and wearing a dress that covered my whole body. At first, I found it a real nuisance, but after a while, I got used to it and even started to like it. You feel really secure, and also you don’t have to worry about what to wear all the time.Unit 6What’s wrong with it?P342 Conversation:Listen and practice.Clerk: Can I help you?Helen: Yes, I’d like to return this jacket.C: Is there something the matter with it?H: Yes. I didn’t notice when I bought it, but there are a few problems. First, it has a tear in the lining.C: Hmm, actually, it’s torn in several places.H: And some of the buttons are very loose, this one came off, in fact. And there’s a stain on the collar.C: I’m really sorry about this. Would you like to exchange it for another one?H: Well, to be honest, I don’t think this jacket is very well made. I’d rather get a refund.C: I understand. Do you have the receipt?P364 Listening Fair exchange?Listen to three customers returning items they purchased. Complete the chart.1.C: Can I help you?M: Yes, I bought this briefcase here last week, but there’s something wrong with the lock. I can’t get it to close properly.C: Let me see. Yes, I see what you mean. The lock seems to be jammed or something. No problem. I’ll get you another one. Sorry about that.2.W: Hi.C: Yes?W: I wonder if you could take a look at these shoes I bought here. They’re pretty new, but they seem to be falling apart.C: Hmm. Let me see. Yes, this doesn’t look right. The stitching is coming out. How long did you say you’ve had them?W: Only about a month. Here’s the receipt.C: Hmm…yes. Well, let me exchange these for you. I’m sorry for the inconvenience.3.M: Excuse me.C: Yes, how can I help you?M: You see this shirt? I bought it here a few weeks ago, but the first time I washed it, the color changed: It went from bright red to light pink.C: How did you wash it?M: Well, I just tossed it into the washing machine with my other clothes.C: What temperature did you use?M: I usually wash my clothes in hot water, so I guess hot.C: Well, did you check the washing instructions?M: Um…maybe not.C: Well, you see here on this label? It says, “Wash in cold water only.”M: Um-hmm.C: So I’m really sorry, but since you didn’t follow the washing instructions, I can’t really do anything for you.Unit 7The word we live inP402 ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: Excuse me. Would you like to make a contribution to Greener World?Carla: Sure. What are you working on right now?A: Well, we’re developing educational programs for schools. We want to show childrenhow the oceans are being polluted by industrial waste. And we want to tell them about how fish supplies have been depleted through overfishing.C: I think what you’re doing is terrific. I wish I could do more to help.A: So, have you ever thought about becoming a member of Greener World?C: No, but tell me a little more about it.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What else has Greener World accomplished in their city?A: We’ve been active in this area for almost five years now. Are you aware of some of our other local projects?C: No, I don’t think I am.A: Well, one of the things we’ve been doing is planting trees. We have a group of volunteers involved in several tree-planting projects in different parts of the city. We’re trying to get as many trees planted as possible to help clean the air and also to help lower the temperature during the summer.C: That sounds smart.A: Uh-huh. We’ve also placed over 50 recycling bins around the city so that people can drop off things for recycling –cans, bottles, plastic bags, and newspapers. Last year we raised over $100,000 through recycling.C: That’s fantastic. I’d love to get involved in Greener World. Where do I sign?P425 Listening: Environmental solutionsA Listen to three people describing how come serious environmental problems are being solved. Write down the problem each one talks about.1. Jenny:J: You know, I’ve been reading a lot about the problem of landfills –and it really has me worried.M: Why?J: Well, it seems that the easiest way of disposing of trash is by burying it in landfills. The problem is that in many countries the landfills have already been filled up, and it’s hard to find places to start new ones. No one wants a huge landfill anywhere near their neighborhood.M: So what’s the solution?J: Well, there is no easy solution. But many cities are trying to do more recycling so that they can reduce the amount of stuff that goes into the landfills.2. Adam:W: I can’t believe it’s become dangerous to get a suntan. What is this world coming to? A: Well, the sun has never been good for you, but it’s really dangerous now. You see, the ozonosphere, which helps protect us from the sun’s ultraviolet rays, has been damaged by pollution in the air. When the ozone layer gets too thin, it can cause an increase in skin cancer and other problems.W: But is there anything we can do to solve the problem?A: Sure. One of the biggest threats to the ozone layer is cars –the exhaust gases from cars. The best way to save the ozone layer is to drive less. So in many places, people are being asked to carpool.K: You know, you always hear about air pollution, but not many people are aware of the problem of water pollution.M: You mean in the oceans?K: No. I mean polluted drinking water. It’s a problem in almost every major city in the world. Almost all our rivers and lakes –where we get our drinking water from –are being polluted in some way by businesses farms, homes, industries, and other sources. And even though the water most of us drink is treated, it’s still not 100 percent pure. M: So what’s the solution?K: Well, it’s a complicated problem to solve, but basically what’s involved is treating all waste products more carefully so that dangerous chemicals and bacteria don’t get into our water supply.P43ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: You know, there’s a factory outside town that’s pumping chemicals into the river. Carla: How can they do that? Isn’t that against the law?A: Yes, it is. But a lot of companies ignore those laws.C: That’s terrible! What can Greener World do?A: Well, on thing to do about it is to talk to the management.C: What if that doesnA: Well, then another way to stop them is to get a TV station to run a story on it.C: Yes! Companies hate bad publicity. By the way, what’s the name of this company? A: It’s called Apex Industries.C: Oh no! My uncle is one of their top executives!C Listen to the rest of the conversation. What do Andy and Carla decide to do? Carla: Wait a minute, Before Greener World does anything, shouldn’t we make sure that we’ve got our facts straight?Andy: Absolutely. The best thing to do is to monitor the situation over the next several weeks to see what exactly is happening.C: How do we do that?A: Well, we can take pictures of the river and even take water samples to see how had the situation is.C: OK. And maybe I could talk to my uncle about it.A: Oh, no, I don’t think that’s a good idea. Not yet, anyway.C: Why not?A: I don’t think we want to say anything to anyone until we have a clearer picture of what is going on. After we’ve monitored the situation for a while, then we can decide whether we need to have a meeting with a representative of the company to tell them what we’ve discovered. OK, Carla?C: OK.Unit 8Learning to learnP462 ConversationA Listen and practice.Paula: Do you want to take a class with me at the community college?Jason: Maybe. What are they offering?P: Well, here’s the course catalog. Take a look.J: Hmm. They’ve got a lot of language classes –Chinese, German, Japanese. Would you rather learn an Asian language or a European one?P: Um, actually, I think I’d rather take an art class. They have one on landscape photography and another on making videos.J: That sounds OK. But I think I’d prefer studying video to learning about photography. P: OH, wait. It says here that you need to provide your own video equipment.J: Oh, I’d rather not spend a lot of money. Let’s see what else they’re offering.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What course do they decide to take? Why? Paula: Hmm. Hey, this sounds kind of interesting: the art of bonsai.Jason: What’s bonsai?P: You know, those miniature trees they grow in little tubs. It says here that they have a course on how to grow them, and on how to develop a business selling bonsais. Apparently, you can sell them for up to $500 apiece.J: Really? Wow! That does sound good. We could learn how to grow them and then maybe set up a little business.P: Yeah. We could do it out at my dad’s place. He has lots of room to grow things in his garden.J: Is the course expensive? Do you have to buy any special equipment?P: It says no special equipment is required except plant containers and some young trees. J: Let’s check it out, then.P48Listening:A Listen to three people talking about the part-time courses they took recently. Complete the chart.1. LindaM: So, Linda, what have you been doing with yourself?L: Not much. Oh, wait! That’s not true. I took this great dancing course last semester. M: Oh, yeah! What kind of dancing?L: We learned tap dancing and square dancing.M: Wait……why on earth would you want to learn tap dancing and square dancing? It sounds exhausting.L: Oh, just for fun. You should try taking the course. You’ll see that you learn more than just dancing. You also learn how to be more confident and how to interact better with other people.M: Hmm. I think with all that hopping around I’d be too exhausted to interact with anyone.。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
Unit 1That’s what friends are for!P22 ConversationA Listen and practice.Chris: Do you have a date for the party yet?Kim: Actually, I don’t ……Do you think you could help me find one?Chris: Hmm. What kind of guys do you like?Kim: Oh, I like guys who aren’t too serious and who have a good sense of humor. You know ... like you.Chris: OK. What else?Kim: Well, I’d prefer someone I have something in common with – who I can talk to easily.Chris: I think I know just the guy for you. Bob Branson. Do you know him?Kim: No, I don’t think so.Chris: Let me arrange for you to meet him, and you can tell me what you think.B Listen to Chris and Kim discussing Bob after Kim met him. How did Kim like him?Chris: So, what’s the Verdict? What did you think of Bob?Kim: Well, I was worried at first especially when I saw that he wears not one buttwo earrings, I thought he might turn out to be one of those guys who are into heavy rock music and stuff like that. You know what I mean?Chris: But he’s just a regular kind of guy, right?Kim: Yeah, we got along really well!Chris: I just knew you’d like him.Kim: Yeah, I do, and he’s really funny. He had me laughing hystericallyduring dinner. I think the people sitting next to us in the restaurant thought we were crazy.Chris: So, are you two going to get together again?Kim: Definitely, in fact, we’re going to a concert tomorrow night.Chris: That’s great.P4Listening What are they like?B Listen to conversations about what the people above are like.Write down two adjectives for each person. How similar were your guesses?1. AndreaA: So, have you seen Andrea lately?B: Yeah, I see her pretty often. We work together at a café latté.A: How’s she doing, I’ve been meaning to call her.B: Well, to be honest! I’ve always thought she’s a little difficult. But these days, I find her impossible.A: What do you mean?B: Oh, you know how she is. She has such strong ideas about everything. If you don’t agree with her she lets you know what she thinks of you.A: Yes, that’s true. But that’s why we love her, right?B: Yeah, I guess so. But she’s changed a lot since she started college.She talked about herself all the time and she always manages to mention how good she is at everything she does.A: Hmm. Maybe I won’t call her after all.2. JamesA: Are you going to James party on Saturday?B: Of course, James always gives the best parties. And there are always lots of interesting new people to meet.A: That’s true. I don’t know where he manages to find them all.B: Well, you know what he’s like. He makes friends very easily. He really likes talking to people, and he loves inviting people over.A: Ur – Ur, he invited me for dinner last Saturday, what a feast!B: Yeah, he’s a great cook too.A: After dinner I offered to help clean up, he told me not to worry about it. He said he’d take care of it in the morning. He was like. It’s nothing, no big deal.B: Yup, that sounds like James.3. Mr. JohnsonA: Have you met the new apartment manager?B: Mr. Johnson? Hmm. Yeah, I met him last week. He’s… a little strange.A: Yeah, he is. I’m not sure I like him. He’s hard to predict. Sometimes he’s pretty cheerful and talkative,and the next day he doesn’t even say hello. I think he must have personal problems or something.B: I think you’re right. And have you noticed that half the time when he says he’s going to do something, he never actually does it? He told me three times he’d come to fix the light in my kitchen, and he still hasn’t done it.Unit 2Career movesA listen and practice.Tracy: Good news! I’ve found a summer job!Mark: That’s great! Anything interesting?T: Yes, working at an amusement park. Doesn’t that sound fantastic?M: Sure, it does.T: So, have you found anything?M: Nothing yet, but I’ve got a couple of leads. One is working as an intern for a record company – mostly answering phones. Or I can get a landscaping job again.T: Being an intern sounds more interesting than landscaping. And it’s probably not as hard!M: Yeah, but a landscaper earns more money than an intern. And you get a great tan!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What is Tracy going to do at the amusement park?M: So what will you be doing at the amusement park, exactly?T: Actually, I’ll have two jobs. First, I’ll be working at a place called Children’s World.They have all kinds of interesting games and educational activities for young kids. I have to go to a training program for three days before I start to find out how everything works.M: Three days? Wow, the equipment must be pretty high-tech!T: Oh, it is – a lot of computers and interesting devices. It’s just the kind of stuff that kids love.M: Well, it sounds like the perfect job for you. I know how much you live kids. So what’s your other job?T: Well. I’ll also be one of the people who walks around the park greeting people. M: Do you mean you’ll have to dress up in a costume?T: Yes, as a cartoon character! I know, I know. It sounds silly. And it’s certainly not as rewarding as working in Children’s World, but it’s part of the job.CarolsWoman: So where are you working this summer, Carols?Carlos: I’m working as a tutor in a learning center for kids.W: Interesting. What kinds of things do the kids do there?C: They work on subjects they need help in, uh, mainly math and English.W: Is your job hard?C: No, not at all. The kids work on computers most of the time. We have to help them get started and when they run into problems.W: Do you enjoy it?C: Oh, yes. Working with kids is so much more fun than working with adults. And I get to choose my own hours. As long as I work eight hours a day, I can come in at any time from 8 A.M. TO 9 P.M.W: Lucky you!PaulWoman: Paul, did you find a summer job, yet?Paul: Yeah, I’m working in a restaurant.W: Oh, how’s it going?P: Oh, the money’s not bad.W: What are you doing? Are you waiting tables?P: I wish! No. I’m working in the kitchen. I cut up stuff for the chef – vegetables and meat and things.I also wash the dishes.W: Oh, yuck.P: Yeah. It’s pretty hard work. I didn’t realize how hot it is in a restaurant kitchen until I took this job.W: So why don’t you quit?P: I’d love to, but I need the money.JuliaMan: So what kind of job did you find for the summer?Julia: I’m working for a marketing company. I’m doing telephone marketing.M: Oh, so you’re one of those people who drives me crazy by calling me up and trying to persuade me to buy something that I have absolutely no need for.J: Exactly.M: Do you like it?J: Believe it or not, I do. It’s mostly a bunch of students working there, and we have a lot of fun when we’re not making calls. It’s really easy, too, since we just have to read from a script.M: Are you doing this full time?J: Yes, but I work from two in the afternoon until eleven at night, so I get to sleep as late as I want to in the morning.Unit 3Could you do me a favor?P142 ConversationA Listen and practice.Jack: Hi, Rod. This is Jack.Rod: Oh, hi, Jack. What’s up?J: I’m going to my best friend’s wedding this weekend. I’d love to videotape it. Would you mind if I borrowed you video camera?R: Um, yeah. That’s OK, I guess. I don’t think I’ll need it for anything.J: Thanks a million.R: Sure. Have you used a video camera before? It’s pretty easy.J: Yeah, a couple of times. Would it be OK if I picked it up on Friday night?R: Fine. No problem.B Listen to two more telephone calls Jack makes. What else does he want to borrow from friends? Do they agree to lend them to him?1.Andy: Hello.Jacj: Hi, Andy. This is Jack.A: Oh, hi, Jack.J: I was wondering if you could do me a favor.A: That depends.J: Well, I have to go to a wedding this weekend. Would it be OK if I borrowed your navy blue suit?A: Oh, sure. No problem.J: Thanks a lot. I’ll come by and pick it up tonight.A: That’s fine.2.Rose: Rose Rizzo.Jack: Hi, Rose. This is Jack.R: Oh, hello. How are you?J: Pretty good, thanks. Listen, the reason I’m calling is I have a really big favor to ask you.R: Yes?J: Remember I told you about that friend of mine who’s getting married to a woman he met in Barcelona?R: Yeah, I remember. And?J: Well, the wedding’s this Saturday afternoon, and it’s out in the country – about an hour’s drive from here – and I was wondering if I could borrow your car for the afternoon to get there.R: Gee, Jack, I’d really love to help you out, but I’m going to be needing my car all weekend. I’ve got a friend coming in from out of town, and I promised to show her the sights.J: Oh, OK. I understand. Anyway, how are things? I haven’t seen you for ages.R: Oh, pretty good.P165 ListeningA Listen to three telephone conversations. Write down what each caller requests. Does the other person agree to the request? Check (√) Yes or No.1. TinaRobert: Hello?Tina: Hi, Robert. This is Tina.R: Hi, Tina. What’s up?T: Well, actually, I was wondering if you’d mind lending me your camera for a few days. I want to take some photos of my new apartment to send to my folks.R: Sure. You can borrow it.T: Oh, thanks a million.2. MikeMike: Hi, Sandy. This is Mike.Sandy: Oh, hi. How are things with you?M: Pretty good. Listen. I was wondering if I could use your video game system over the weekend.S: You mean my Sony Play Station?M: Yeah. My sister’s asked me to take care of my niece and nephew over the weekend – they’re six and eight –and I thought it would be a great way to keep them busy.S: That’s a good idea – kids that age love video games – but, well, I have bad news: My machine isn’t working.I’ve been meaning to take it in to get fixed, but I haven’t gotten around to it.M: Oh, too bad.S: But you know you can always rent one. Most video stores have machines to rent. You just have to leave a deposit.M: Oh, perfect. I’ll do that. Thanks, Sandy.S: No problem.3. PhilPhil: Hi, Greg. It’s Phil.Greg: Hi. What’s up?P: Not much, but I was wondering if I could ask you for a favor.G: Hmm…maybe. Try me!P: Well, I have to go out of town for a few days next week.G: Uh-huh.P: Could I leave Polly with you while I’m gone?G: Polly? Who’s Polly?P: You know – Polly, my bird.G: Oh, yeah. I forgot, your bird. I don’t know, Phil. I really don’t like birds very much. They’re messy, and they make a lot of noise, and…P: No, not Polly. She’s really a great bird. She’s really clean and very quiet. She won’t bother you – I promise.G: Oh, all right. I’ll do it.P: Thanks. I really appreciate it. I’ll bring her over on Tuesday night.G: OK. But you owe me one!P178 ConversationA Listen and practice.Amy: Hello?Jeff: Hello. May I speak to Sophia, please?A: I’m sorry, she’s not in right now. Would you like to leave a message?J: Yes, please. This is Jeff. Would you tell her that Tony is having a party on Saturday? A: Un-huh.J: And would you ask her if she’d like to go with me?A: All right, Peter. I’ll give her the message.J: No, this is Jeff, not Peter.A: Oh, I’m sorry.J: By the way, who’s Peter?B Listen to Amy talking to Sophia. Who is Peter? Is Sophia going to go to the party with Jeff?Sophia: Hi! I’m home!A: Oh, hi.S: Did anyone call?A: Uh-huh. Your old friend Peter called a few hours ago. He’s going to be in town on Saturday and wants to get together with you Saturday night. He said to call him.S: Oh, super! I haven’t seen Peter in almost a year. Any other calls?A: Uh, yeah. Jeff called. He wants to know if you want to go to Tony’s party with him. S: Oh. When is Tony’s party?A: On Saturday.S: Oh, perfect. That’s the same night I’m going to get together with Peter, so I have an excuse not to go. Even if I weren’t going out with Peter, I wouldn’t go anywhere with Jeff. Oh, he’s such a pain!A: Oh, he didn’t sound so bad. He sounded kind of sweet.S: Yeah, yeah, I guess he is. It’s just that I don’t want to go out with him – and he just doesn’t seem to get the message. Do me a favor. Amy: If he calls again, could you just tell him I’m not home?A: Hmm. OK.Unit 4What a story!P202 Conversation StorytellingA Listen and practice.Jake: What an awful story! A couple was sailing their yacht from Hawaii to Mexico. While they were crossing the Pacific, their boat hit a whale and sank!Anne: Is that true? What happened to the whale?J: It doesn’t say! Oh and here’s another one. A guy in Los Angles was robbing a bank. But as he was escaping, he got caught in the revolving door.A: I guess it was his first bank robbery!J: Yeah. On and listen to this. Some guy got locked out of his house, so he tried to get in through the chimney.A: Don’t tell me! He got stuck in the chimney!J: Exactly. And he was still trying to get out two days later when the police rescued him.1.A man who considered himself a snake charmer was strangled to death on Sunday by a three-and-a-half-meter boa constrictor in a town in Thailand. It seems that the man rushed to see the giant snake after friends told him the serpent was seen beside one of the town’s main roads. The snake charmer put it around his neck; while he and his friends were walking home, the snake strangled him to death.2.Early Tuesday morning in California, two police officers who were pursuing a car thief down Hollywood Boulevard in a high-speed chase were rescued by the thief. During the chase, the officers’ car overturned and fell into a shallow river. The officers couldn’t get out of the car, which was rapidly filling up with water. The thief went back to the scene of the accident and helped rescue the officers. The Hollywood Police Department has decided to drop charges against the thief for saving the officers’ lives.A Listen and practice.Brian: Someone stole my wallet last night!Kate: Oh no! What happened?B: Well, I was working out, and I had put my stuff in my locker, just like I always do. When I came back, someone had stolen my wallet. I guess I’d forgotten to lock the locker.K: I’m sorry. That’s terrible! Did you lose much money?B: Only about $20. But I lost my credit card and my driver’s license. What a pain!B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What did Kate have stolen once? Where was she? What happened?K: Hmm. That reminds me of when I had my purse stolen last year.B: Really? What happened?K: Well, it was when I was in Belgium. I was on my way to the airport, so I was standing on the side of the road with my bags, trying to figure out the bus schedule. Anyway, this a bunch of guys came by and asked if they could help me. They spokevery broken English, and I couldn’t really understand what they were saying. I really just wanted them to leave me alone. Finally, they left and when I looked down, I realized my purse had disappeared. It had my wallet in it with all my traveler’s checks and my money and my credit card. Well, luckily, I had put my airline ticket and my passport in one of my carry-on bags.B: How awful! So what did you do?K: Well, first I screamed at the top of my lungs and tried to run after the guys – but they were long gone. Then – this sounds really corny – I did just what I had seen people do on TV: I called my credit card company.B: Were they helpful?K: They were lifesavers! In no time at all, they’d given me new traveler’s checks and a new credit card, and sent me on my way.Review of Units 1-4P262 Listening Favorite gripesA Listen to two people discussing these topics. Complete the chart.1 Taxi driversA: It really upsets me when taxi drivers drive so fast. I’m always terrified of having an accident.B: That doesn’t really bother me. I like to get where I’m going quickly. But I can’t stand it when they have their radios turned up all the way full blast. You can’t even hear yourself think!2 People with dogsA: I hate it when people take their dogs into a park and let them make messes all over the place. It’s so irresponsible!B: You know what bothers me? I hate it when they go out and leave their dog at home, barking all day.3 TV commercialsA: I can’t stand it when they show the same commercial twice in a row. Why do they do chat? It drives me crazy!B: The thing that bothers me the most is when they interrupt a ball game at the most exciting moment to show some stupid commercial.4 Store clerksA: It really upsets me when store clerks pretend they haven’t noticed you and just stand around chatting to each other. It’s so rude.B: Yeah. Or on the other hand, they give you the hard sell, and try to get you to buy something you don’t really want.Unit 5Crossing cultures10 Listening Unique customsListen to three people describing unique customs they observed while traveling. Complete the chart.1. AliceOne thing that I never really got used to when I was traveling in Asia was the waypeople make noise when they drink soup. I think it’s because t hey want to show that they’re really enjoying their food so they make a loud slurping noise. It always bothered me. I guess it’s because my parents spent years when I was a kid telling me not to make noise while I was eating.2. MarkWhen I lived in Spain, I was surprised at how late people eat in the evening. When you’re invited to dinner, you are asked to come around nine o’clock and you usually don’t start dinner until ten. And people stay terribly late – sometimes until two in the morning or even later. I found it difficult. How does one get up and go to work or school the next day after eating and drinking until three in the morning?3. SusanI lived in the Middle East for a while, and when I went out, I had to obey the local custom of wearing something over my head and wearing a dress that covered my whole body. At first, I found it a real nuisance, but after a while, I got used to it and even started to like it. You feel really secure, and also you don’t have to worry about what to wear all the time.Unit 6What’s wrong with it?P342 Conversation:Listen and practice.Clerk: Can I help you?Helen: Yes, I’d like to return this jacket.C: Is there something the matter with it?H: Yes. I didn’t notice when I bought it, but there are a few pro blems. First, it has a tear in the lining.C: Hmm, actually, it’s torn in several places.H: And some of the buttons are very loose, this one came off, in fact. And there’s a stain on the collar.C: I’m really sorry about this. Would you like to exchang e it for another one?H: Well, to be honest, I don’t think this jacket is very well made. I’d rather get a refund.C: I understand. Do you have the receipt?P364 Listening Fair exchange?Listen to three customers returning items they purchased. Complete the chart.1.C: Can I help you?M: Yes, I bought this briefcase here last week, but there’s something wrong with the lock. I can’t get it to close properly.C: Let me see. Yes, I see what you mean. The lock seems to be jammed or something. No prob lem. I’ll get you another one. Sorry about that.2.W: Hi.C: Yes?W: I wonder if you could take a look at these shoes I bought here. They’re pretty new, but they seem to be falling apart.C: Hmm. Let me see. Yes, this doesn’t look right. The stitchin g is coming out. How long did you say you’ve had them?W: Only about a month. Here’s the receipt.C: Hmm…yes. Well, let me exchange these for you. I’m sorry for the inconvenience.3.M: Excuse me.C: Yes, how can I help you?M: You see this shirt? I bought it here a few weeks ago, but the first time I washed it, the color changed: It went from bright red to light pink.C: How did you wash it?M: Well, I just tossed it into the washing machine with my other clothes.C: What temperature did you use?M: I usually wash my clothes in hot water, so I guess hot.C: Well, did you check the washing instructions?M: Um…maybe not.C: Well, you see here on this label? It says, “Wash in cold water only.”M: Um-hmm.C: So I’m really sorry, but since you didn’t follow the washing instructions, I can’t really do anything for you.Unit 7The word we live inP402 ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: Excuse me. Would you like to make a contribution to Greener World? Carla: Sure. What are you working on right now?A: Well, we’re developing educational programs for schools. We want to show children how the oceans are being polluted by industrial waste. And we want to tell them about how fish supplies have been depleted through overfishing.C: I think what you’re doing is terrific. I wish I could do more to help.A: So, have you ever thought about becoming a member of Greener World?C: No, but tell me a little more about it.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What else has Greener World accomplished in their city?A: We’ve been active in this area for almost five years now. Are you aware of some of our other local projects?C: No, I don’t think I am.A: Well, one of the things we’ve been doing is planting trees. We have a group of volunteers involved in several tree-planting projects in different parts of the city. We’re trying to get as many trees planted as possible to help clean the air and also to help lower the temperature during the summer.C: That sounds smart.A: Uh-huh. We’ve also placed over 50 recycling bins around the city so that people can drop off things for recycling – cans, bottles, plastic bags, and newspapers. Last year we raised over $100,000 through recycling.C: That’s fantastic. I’d love to get involved in Greener Wor ld. Where do I sign?P425 Listening: Environmental solutionsA Listen to three people describing how come serious environmental problems are being solved. Write down the problem each one talks about.1. Jenny:J: You know, I’ve been reading a lot abo ut the problem of landfills – and it really has me worried.M: Why?J: Well, it seems that the easiest way of disposing of trash is by burying it in landfills. The problem is that in many countries the landfills have already been filled up, and it’s hard to find places to start new ones. No one wants a huge landfill anywhere near their neighborhood.M: So what’s the solution?J: Well, there is no easy solution. But many cities are trying to do more recycling so that they can reduce the amount of stuff that goes into the landfills.2. Adam:W: I can’t believe it’s become dangerous to get a suntan. What is this world coming to?A: Well, the sun has never been good for you, but it’s really dangerous now. You see, the ozonosphere, which helps protect us f rom the sun’s ultraviolet rays, has been damaged by pollution in the air. When the ozone layer gets too thin, it can cause an increase in skin cancer and other problems.W: But is there anything we can do to solve the problem?A: Sure. One of the biggest threats to the ozone layer is cars – the exhaust gases from cars. The best way to save the ozone layer is to drive less. So in many places, people are being asked to carpool.3. Kate:K: You know, you always hear about air pollution, but not many people are aware of the problem of water pollution.M: You mean in the oceans?K: No. I mean polluted drinking water. It’s a problem in almost every major city in the world. Almost all our rivers and lakes – where we get our drinking water from –are being polluted in some way by businesses farms, homes, industries, and other sources. And even though the water most of us drink is treated, it’s still not 100 percent pure.M: So what’s the solution?K: Well, it’s a complicated problem to solve, but basically what’s involved is treating all waste products more carefully so that dangerous chemicals and bacteria don’t get into our water supply.P43ConversationA Listen and practice.Andy: You know, there’s a factory outside town that’s pumping chemicals into t he river.Carla: How can they do that? Isn’t that against the law?A: Yes, it is. But a lot of companies ignore those laws.C: That’s terrible! What can Greener World do?A: Well, on thing to do about it is to talk to the management.C: What if that d oesn’t work?A: Well, then another way to stop them is to get a TV station to run a story on it.C: Yes! Companies hate bad publicity. By the way, what’s the name of this company? A: It’s called Apex Industries.C: Oh no! My uncle is one of their top executives!C Listen to the rest of the conversation. What do Andy and Carla decide to do? Carla: Wait a minute, Before Greener World does anything, shouldn’t we make sure that we’ve got our facts straight?Andy: Absolutely. The best thing to do is to monitor the situation over the next several weeks to see what exactly is happening.C: How do we do that?A: Well, we can take pictures of the river and even take water samples to see how had the situation is.C: OK. And maybe I could talk to my uncle about it.A: Oh, no, I don’t think that’s a good idea. Not yet, anyway.C: Why not?A: I don’t think we want to say anything to anyone until we have a clearer picture of what is going on. After we’ve monitored the situation for a while, then we can decide whether we need to have a meeting with a representative of the company to tell them what we’ve discovered. OK, Carla?C: OK.Unit 8Learning to learnP462 ConversationA Listen and practice.Paula: Do you want to take a class with me at the community college?Jason: Maybe. What are they offering?P: Well, here’s the course catalog. Take a look.J: Hmm. They’ve got a lot of language classes – Chinese, German, Japanese. Would you rather learn an Asian language or a European one?P: Um, actually, I think I’d rather take an art class. They have one on landscape photography and another on making videos.J: That sounds OK. But I think I’d prefer studying video to learning about photography.P: OH, wait. It says here that you need to provide your own video equipment.J: Oh, I’d rather not spend a lot of money. Let’s see what else they’re offering.B Listen to the rest of the conversation. What course do they decide to take? Why?Paula: Hmm. Hey, this sounds kind of interesting: the art of bonsai.J ason: What’s bonsai?P: You know, those miniature trees they grow in little tubs. It says here that they have a course on how to grow them, and on how to develop a business selling bonsais. Apparently, you can sell them for up to $500 apiece.J: Really? Wow! That does sound good. We could learn how to grow them and then maybe set up a little business.P: Yeah. We could do it out at my dad’s place. He has lots of room to grow things in his garden.J: Is the course expensive? Do you have to buy any special equipment?P: It says no special equipment is required except plant containers and some young trees.J: Let’s check it out, then.P48Listening:A Listen to three people talking about the part-time courses they took recently. Complete the chart.1. LindaM: So, Linda, what have you been doing with yourself?L: Not much. Oh, wait! That’s not true. I took this great dancing course last semester. M: Oh, yeah! What kind of dancing?L: We learned tap dancing and square dancing.M: Wait……why on earth would you want to learn tap dancing and square dancing? It sounds exhausting.L: Oh, just for fun. You should try taking the course. You’ll see that you learn more than just dancing. You also learn how to be more confident and how to interact better with other people.M: Hmm. I think with all that hopping around I’d be too exhausted to interact with anyone.2. RichW: So, how did you enjoy your cooking course?R: It was great.W: What kinds of things did you learn to cook?R: Well, it was a course on vegetarian cooking.W: I didn’t know you were a vegetarian.R: Oh, I’m not. But a lot of people are these days. So I thought it would be useful to know how to make some interesting dishes without meat for times when I invite friends over for dinner.W: Hmm. Well, I guess that makes sense.R: Oh, but we learned more than just cooking. They also taught us all kinds of useful。